US10385028B2 - Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders - Google Patents

Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US10385028B2
US10385028B2 US15/842,823 US201715842823A US10385028B2 US 10385028 B2 US10385028 B2 US 10385028B2 US 201715842823 A US201715842823 A US 201715842823A US 10385028 B2 US10385028 B2 US 10385028B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
alkenyl
alkynyl
cycloalkyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
US15/842,823
Other versions
US20190185437A1 (en
Inventor
Lars J. S. Knutsen
Martin E. Cooper
Andrew W. Brown
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
NMD Pharma AS
Original Assignee
NMD Pharma AS
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by NMD Pharma AS filed Critical NMD Pharma AS
Priority to US15/842,823 priority Critical patent/US10385028B2/en
Priority to TW107145017A priority patent/TWI780281B/en
Priority to LTEPPCT/EP2018/084989T priority patent/LT3724173T/en
Priority to AU2018383006A priority patent/AU2018383006B2/en
Priority to CA3085233A priority patent/CA3085233C/en
Priority to SI201830443T priority patent/SI3724173T1/en
Priority to ES18819107T priority patent/ES2899413T3/en
Priority to PCT/EP2018/084989 priority patent/WO2019115781A1/en
Priority to JP2020531486A priority patent/JP7310071B2/en
Priority to CN201880089425.0A priority patent/CN111712489B/en
Priority to SG11202004754VA priority patent/SG11202004754VA/en
Priority to KR1020207016720A priority patent/KR102667838B1/en
Priority to DK18819107.6T priority patent/DK3724173T3/en
Priority to PL18819107T priority patent/PL3724173T3/en
Priority to IL274828A priority patent/IL274828B2/en
Priority to EP18819107.6A priority patent/EP3724173B1/en
Priority to MX2020005545A priority patent/MX2020005545A/en
Priority to US16/221,006 priority patent/US12440477B2/en
Priority to BR112020011850-8A priority patent/BR112020011850A2/en
Assigned to NMD PHARMA A/S reassignment NMD PHARMA A/S ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BROWN, ANDREW W., COOPER, MARTIN E., KELLY, NICHOLAS M., KNUTSEN, LARS J.S., PEDERSEN, Thomas Holm
Publication of US20190185437A1 publication Critical patent/US20190185437A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US10385028B2 publication Critical patent/US10385028B2/en
Priority to ZA2020/02993A priority patent/ZA202002993B/en
Priority to US19/330,685 priority patent/US20260007639A1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D213/30—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D271/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D271/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D271/06—1,2,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-oxadiazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D271/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D271/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D271/10—1,3,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-oxadiazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/24—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/64—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2
    • C07D277/66—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2 with aromatic rings or ring systems directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/16—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by oxygen atoms

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing neuromuscular disorders, including the reversal of drug-induced neuromuscular blockade.
  • the compounds as defined herein preferably inhibit the CIC-1 ion channel.
  • the invention further relates to methods of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating neuromuscular disorders, by administering said composition to a person in need thereof.
  • NMJ neuromuscular junction
  • Neuromuscular transmission refers to the sequence of cellular events at the NMJ whereby an action potential in the lower motor neuron is transmitted to a corresponding action potential in a muscle fiber.
  • a neuronal action potential arrives at the pre-synaptic terminal it triggers influx of Ca 2+ through voltage gated P/Q-type Ca 2+ channels in the nerve terminal membrane. This influx causes a rise in cytosolic Ca 2+ in the nerve terminal that triggers exocytosis of acetylcholine (ACh). Released ACh next diffuses across the synaptic cleft to activate nicotinic ACh receptors in the post-synaptic, muscle fiber membrane.
  • ACh receptors Upon activation, ACh receptors convey an excitatory current flow of Na + into the muscle fiber, which results in a local depolarization of the muscle fiber at the NMJ that is known as the endplate potential (EPP). If the EPP is sufficiently large, voltage gated Na + channels in the muscle fiber will activate and an action potential in the muscle fiber will ensue. This action potential then propagates from NMJ throughout the muscle fiber and triggers the Ca 2+ release from the sarcoplasmic reticulum. The released Ca 2+ activates the contractile proteins within the muscle fibers thus resulting in contraction of the fiber.
  • EPP endplate potential
  • myasthenia gravis the most common finding is an autoimmune attack on the post-synaptic membrane either against the nicotinic ACh receptors or the musk-receptor in the muscle fiber membrane. Congenital forms of myasthenia are also known.
  • Common to disorders with neuromuscular transmission failure (Lambert Eaton syndrome, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy and myasthenia gravis) is that the current flow generated by ACh receptor activation is markedly reduced, and EPPs therefore become insufficient to trigger muscle fiber action potentials.
  • Neuromuscular blocking agents also reduce EPP by antagonizing ACh receptors.
  • the EPP may be of normal amplitude but they are still insufficient to trigger muscle fiber action potentials because the membrane potential threshold for action potential excitation has become more depolarized because of loss-of-function of voltage gated Na + channels in the muscle fibers.
  • ACh release (Lambert Eaton, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy), ACh receptor function (myasthenia gravis, neuromuscular blockade) and function of voltage gated Na + channels (CIM) are essential components in the synaptic transmission at NMJ
  • the magnitude of the EPP is also affected by inhibitory currents flowing in the NMJ region of muscle fibers. These currents tend to outbalance excitatory current through ACh receptors and, expectedly, they thereby tend to reduce EPP amplitude.
  • the most important ion channel for carrying such inhibitory membrane currents in muscle fibers is the muscle-specific CIC-1 Cl ⁇ ion channel.
  • ACh esterase (AChE) inhibitors are traditionally used in the treatment of myasthenia gravis. This treatment leads to improvement in most patients but it is associated with side effects, some of which are serious. Because ACh is an import neurotransmitter in the autonomic nervous system, delaying it's breakdown can lead to gastric discomfort, diarrhea, salivation and muscle cramping. Overdosing is a serious concern as it can lead to muscle paralysis and respiratory failure, a situation commonly referred to as cholinergic crisis. Despite the serious side effects of AChE inhibitors, these drugs are today the treatment of choice for a number of disorders involving neuromuscular impairment.
  • pyridostigmine a parasympathomimetic and a reversible ACHE inhibitor
  • corticosteroid treatment prednisone
  • immunosuppressive treatment azathioprine
  • the CIC-1 ion channel is emerging as a target for potential drugs, although its potential has been largely unrealized.
  • the present inventors have identified a group of compounds that alleviate neuromuscular junction disorders through inhibition of CIC-1 channels.
  • the present invention thus concerns the use of CIC-1 ion channel inhibitors in the treatment of a range of conditions, such as reversal of block, ALS and myasthenic conditions, in which muscle activation by the nervous system is compromised and symptoms of weakness and fatigue are prominent.
  • the invention concerns a composition
  • a composition comprising a compound of Formula (II):
  • the invention concerns a method of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular disorder, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
  • the invention concerns use of a composition as defined herein, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for reversing and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
  • the invention concerns a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
  • the invention concerns a method for recovery of neuromuscular transmission, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
  • the invention concerns a composition as defined herein for use in recovery of neuromuscular transmission.
  • the invention concerns use of a composition as defined herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the recovery of neuromuscular transmission.
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • the invention concerns a composition comprising a compound as defined herein.
  • FIGS. 1A-1C Experimental methods for compromising neuromuscular transmission and the approaches employed to selectively activate contractions either via stimulation of the motor nerve or by directly exciting the rat muscle fibers.
  • Soleus muscles were stimulated to contract using three different methods: In FIG. 1A , the muscle was stimulated to contract either directly using field stimulation with pulses of 0.2 ms duration or indirectly through stimulation of the nerve using a suction electrode.
  • FIG. 1B and FIG. 1C muscles were stimulated directly as described above or indirectly via the nerve using field stimulation with short pulses of 0.02 ms.
  • Two different methods of compromising neuromuscular transmission were applied: In FIG. 1A and FIG.
  • FIG. 1B a sub-maximal concentration of tubocurarine (0.2 ⁇ M) was used to inhibit ACh receptors in the post-synaptic muscle fiber membrane.
  • FIG. 1C neuromuscular transmission was reduced by elevating extracellular Mg 2+ to 3.5 mM.
  • nerve-stimulation was conducted using a suction electrode, the electrical activity of the muscle could be recorded as M-waves (Inserts in FIG. 1A ). The entire M-wave train is shown with the first and the last M-waves in the trains enlarged above.
  • FIGS. 2A-2B Effect of CIC-1 channel inhibition with 9-AC on nerve-stimulated force in rat soleus muscles exposed to tubocurarine or elevated extracellular Mg 2+ .
  • Muscles were stimulated to contract by activation of the motor nerve using a suction electrode. During experiments, the muscles contracted every 10 min for 2 s in response to 60 Hz stimulation.
  • FIG. 2A shows representative recordings of tetani from a soleus muscle from a 4-week-old animal that first contracted in control conditions, then during the pre-incubation with tubocurarine and, finally, in the presence of both tubocurarine and 9-AC. At the end of the experiment, tubocurarine was washed out to ensure full recovery of contractile force.
  • FIG. 2B shows representative recordings of tetani from a soleus muscle from a 4-week-old animal that first contracted in control conditions, then during the pre-incubation with 3.5 mM Mg 2+ and, finally, at 3.5 mM Mg 2+ in the presence of 9-AC. When returned to normal extracellular Mg 2+ of 1.2 mM, full contractile force ensued.
  • M-wave recordings from the muscle have been included for the force responses indicated by i, ii and iii as described in A.
  • FIGS. 3A-3B Example of recovery of nerve-stimulated force with a clofibric acid derivative, C8, in muscles exposed to 150 nM tubocurarine.
  • the motor nerve was stimulated every 10 min for 2 s with 30 Hz with field stimulation using short duration pulses.
  • FIG. 3A shows force recordings from two muscles with the traces being overlaid to illustrate the effect of C8 clearly. Traces are shown before addition tubocurarine, after 40 min with tubocurarine, and after 110 min tubocurarine. After 40 min with tubocurarine, 50 ⁇ M C8 was added to the muscle that is presented by black traces.
  • FIG. 3B shows average observations from 5 muscles treated with C8 and 5 control muscles exposed to only tubocurarine. Dotted lines indicate the recovery of nerve-stimulated force in the muscles treated with C8 compared to their force production after 40 min with tubocurarine. This recovery of force was used in Table 1.
  • FIGS. 4A-4C A three-electrode technique was used to determine the effect of clofibric acid derivatives on the resting membrane conductance, G m .
  • Three electrodes were inserted into the same muscle fiber enabling recordings of the membrane potential response to the injection of square current pulses at three inter-electrode distances (dist1 ⁇ dist2 ⁇ dist3).
  • FIG. 4A shows the voltage responses at three inter-electrode distances in a control muscle fiber, and in a fiber exposed to 10 ⁇ M C8.
  • FIG. 4B to determine G m the steady state deflection of the membrane potential was measured at each of the three inter-electrode distances.
  • FIG. 4C shows G m at a range of C8 concentrations.
  • FIGS. 5A-5E Effect of C8 and neostigmine on the tubocurarine concentration required to reduce nerve-stimulated force in soleus muscles. Muscles from 4-week-old rats were stimulated to contract by activating the motor nerve with short duration pulses in field stimulation. Muscles contracted every 10 min for 2 s in response to 30 Hz stimulation. Four different experimental conditions were used. Thus, muscles were initially incubated for 30 min in either i) control conditions, ii) with 50 ⁇ M C8, iii) in the presence of 10 nM neostigmine, or iv) with the combination of neostigmine and C8.
  • FIG. 5A shows representative recordings of force at different concentrations of tubocurarine in a control muscle.
  • FIG. 5B similar to FIG. 5A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with C8.
  • FIG. 5C similar to FIG. 5A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with neostigmine.
  • FIG. 5D similar to FIG. 5A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with the combination of C8 and neostigmine.
  • the force integral (AUC) was determined at each tubocurarine concentration. Such AUC determinations were plotted against tubocurarine concentration for each muscle.
  • FIG. 5E shows such plots of AUC for muscles in
  • FIG. 5A - FIG. 5D The lines connecting the symbols are fits of the data to a sigmoidal function from which the tubocurarine concentration that was required to reduce AUC to 50% could be obtained (Tub 50 ).
  • the averages of Tub 50 in the four groups of muscles are given in Table 3.
  • FIGS. 6A-6E Effect of a C8 and 3,4-AP on the extracellular Mg 2+ concentration required to reduce nerve-stimulated force in soleus muscles.
  • Muscles from 4-week-old rats were stimulated to contract by activating the motor nerve with short duration pulses in field stimulation. Muscles contracted every 10 min for 2 s in response to 30 Hz stimulation.
  • Four different experimental conditions were used. Thus, muscles were initially incubated for 30 min in either i) control conditions, ii) with 50 ⁇ M C8, iii) in the presence of 10 ⁇ M 3,4-AP, or iv) with the combination of 3,4-AP and C8. After this pre-incubation, the extracellular Mg 2+ was progressively increased in the bath solutions every 60 min resulting in six contractions between each increase in extracellular Mg 2+ .
  • FIG. 6A shows representative recordings of force at different concentrations of Mg 2+ in a control muscle.
  • FIG. 6B similar to FIG. 6A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with C8.
  • FIG. 6C similar to FIG. 6A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with 3,4-AP.
  • FIG. 6B similar to FIG. 6A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with the combination of C8 and 3,4-AP.
  • the force integral (AUC) was determined at each extracellular Mg 2+ concentration. AUC was plotted against Mg 2+ concentration and the data was fitted to a sigmoidal function. This provided the extracellular Mg 2+ concentration that was required to reduce the nerve-stimulated force to 50% (Mg 50 ) under the four different conditions (see Table 4).
  • FIGS. 7A-7B Effects of C8 on EPP amplitude in rat soleus muscle. Intracellular electrodes were inserted near visible nerve branches in the muscle. The solution contained 1 ⁇ M ⁇ -conotoxin GiiiB to block NaV1.4. Under these conditions nerve-stimulation only resulted in EPP formation in the fibers and it did not trigger muscle fiber action potentials.
  • FIG. 7A shows representative EPPs under control conditions and with two concentrations of C8.
  • FIG. 7B shows average EPP amplitudes in the fibers. *Indicates significantly different from control as evaluated using a student t-test.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B Effects of C8 on contractile force in human muscles depressed by elevated extracellular K + and low dose of TTX.
  • FIG. 8A shows effect of adding 150 ⁇ M C8 on force in a muscle at elevated K + and with TTX.
  • FIG. 8B shows the average force at elevated K + in the presence or absence of C8. *Indicates significant different as evaluated using a one-tailed student t-test.
  • FIGS. 9A-9D Effects of I.P. C8 injection (20 mg/kg) on running performance of rats after I.P. injection of tubocurarine (0.13 mg/kg).
  • FIG. 9A illustrates the design of the experiments. Prior to Day One the animals had been familiarized to the rotarod in three training sessions distributed over two days.
  • FIG. 9B shows the distance covered by the rats on the two days 21-26 mins after injection of tubocurarine.
  • FIG. 9C shows the increase in performance on Day Two when compared to performance on Day One.
  • FIG. 9D shows the number of animals that on Day Two had an increased performance of more than 100% compared to performance on Day One.
  • FIG. 10 Effects of C8 on running performance after inducing passive myasthenia gravis in rats using MAB35 monoclonal antibody.
  • MAB35 monoclonal antibody.
  • the animals Prior to I.P. injection of MAB35 the animals had been familiarized to the rotarod over three training sessions distributed over two days. After I.P. injection of MAB35 the running performance of the animals was monitored regularly and if a stable reduction in performance developed, the animals were given either sham, 20 mg/kg C8 or 30 mg/kg C8. After this treatment performance was monitored every second hour. *Indicates significant different as evaluated using student t-test.
  • FIGS. 11A-11C show a schematic representation of the positioning of the three microelectrodes (V 1 , V 2 and V 3 ) when inserted in a single skeletal muscle fibre for G m determination. Please note that the drawing illustrates only the impaled fibre although it is part of an intact muscle that contains many such fibres. All electrodes recorded the membrane potential of the fibre and the two peripheral electrodes were used to inject current ( ⁇ 30 nA, 50 ms). The electrodes were inserted with known inter-electrode distances (X 1 , X 2 and X 3 ). After insertion, current was passed first via the V 1 electrode and then via the V 3 electrode. The resulting deflections in the membrane voltage were measured by the other electrodes.
  • FIGS. 12A-12B show representative force traces before and after exposure to compound A-22. Force traces from a representative muscle stimulated to contract in 1) control condition before addition of neuromuscular blocking agent, 2) the force response to stimulation after 90 minutes incubation with Tubocurarine. Here the muscle displays severe neuromuscular transmission impediment, and 3) The muscle force response after addition of 50 ⁇ M compound A-22.
  • FIG. 12B shows average force (AUC) from 3 muscles relative to their initial force. The traces presented in FIG. 12A (1, 2, 3), correspond to the dotted lines in FIG. 12B , respectively. Thus, force is lost due to 90 min incubation in tubocurarine and is subsequently recovered when compound A-19 is added.
  • halogen means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
  • Halo means halogen.
  • C 1-3 alkyl and “C 1-5 -alkyl” refers to a branched or unbranched alkyl group having from one to three or one to five carbon atoms respectively, including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, prop-1-yl, prop-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-yl, 2-methyl-prop-2-yl, 2,2-dimethyl-prop-1-yl, but-1-yl, but-2-yl, 3-methyl-but-1-yl, 3-methyl-but-2-yl, pent-1-yl, pent-2-yl and pent-3-yl.
  • C 1-5 -alkenyl refers to a branched or unbranched alkenyl group having from one to five carbon atoms, two of which are connected by a double bond, including but not limited to ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl and isopentenyl.
  • C 1-5 -alkynyl to a branched or unbranched alkynyl group having from one to five carbon atoms, two of which are connected by a triple bond, including but not limited to ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl and pentynyl.
  • —C( ⁇ O)— refers to a carbonyl group and is used herein followed by a specification of the group connected thereto, such as for example the term “—C( ⁇ O)—C 1-5 alkyl” which refers to a carbonyl group connected to a branched or unbranched alkyl group having from one to five carbon atoms, including but not limited to a carbonyl group connected to methyl, ethyl, prop-1-yl, prop-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-yl, 2-methyl-prop-2-yl, 2,2-dimethyl-prop-1-yl, but-1-yl, but-2-yl, 3-methyl-but-1-yl, 3-methyl-but-2-yl, pent-1-yl, pent-2-yl or pent-3-yl.
  • C 3-5 -cycloalkyl refers to a group having three to five carbon atoms including a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocycle, including but not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl and cyclobutylmethyl.
  • C 5 -cycloalkenyl refers to a group having five carbon atoms including a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocycle wherein two carbon atoms in the ring are connected by a double bond, including but not limited to cyclobutenylmethyl.
  • 5-6 membered heterocycle refers to a group having five to six carbon atoms wherein between 1 and 3 carbon atoms in the ring have been replaced with a heteroatom selected from the group comprising nitrogen, sulphur and oxygen. Binding to the heterocycle may be at the position of the heteroatom or via a carbon atom of the heterocycle.
  • 5-membered heterocycles include but are not limited to furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, dihydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, 3-pyrroline, 2-pyrroline, 2-imidazoline, 2-pyrazolidine, dihydro-oxazole, dihydro-thiazole, dihydro-isoxazole, dihydro-isothiazole, dihydro-1,2,3-triazole, dihydro-1,2,4-triazole, dihydro-1,
  • 6-membered heterocycles include but are not limited to pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrahydropyran, thiane, piperidine, 1, 4-dioxane, morpholine, 1,4-oxathiane, 1,4-diathiane and piperazine.
  • 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle refers to a group having eight to ten heavy atoms in which two ring systems have been fused together, wherein between 1 and 3 carbon atoms in the ring have been replaced with a heteroatom selected from the group comprising nitrogen, sulphur and oxygen. Binding to the heterocycle may be at the position of the heteroatom or via a carbon atom of the heterocycle.
  • 8-membered bicyclic heterocycles include but are not limited to tetrahydro-4H-cyclopent[d]isoxazole, hexahydro-1H-pyrrolizine, 1,4-dihydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole, 1,6-dihydropyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrrole, 6H-furo[2,3-b]pyrrole, 4H-furo[3,2-b]pyrrole, 6H-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole and 4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole.
  • 9-membered bicyclic heterocycles include but are not limited to benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, benzimidazole, indazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, 1,2-benzisoxazole, 1,2-benzisothiazole, benzotriazole, pyrrolopyridine, pyrazolopyridine and imidazopyridine.
  • 10-membered bicyclic heterocycles include but are not limited to quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, phthalazine and naphthyridine.
  • C 1-8 -alk(en/yn)yl means C 1-8 -alkyl, C 2-8 -alkenyl or C 2-6 -alkynyl; wherein:
  • C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl means C 3-6 -cycloalkyl or C 3-6 -cycloalkenyl, wherein:
  • half-life is the time it takes for the compound to lose one-half of its pharmacologic activity.
  • plasma half-life is the time that it takes the compound to lose one-half of its pharmacologic activity in the blood plasma.
  • treatment refers to the combating of a disease or disorder.
  • Treatment includes any desirable effect on the symptoms or pathology of a disease or condition as described herein, and may include even minimal changes or improvements in one or more measurable markers of the disease or condition being treated. “Treatment” or “treating” does not necessarily indicate complete eradication or cure of the disease or condition, or associated symptoms thereof.
  • amelioration refers to moderation in the severity of the symptoms of a disease or condition. Improvement in a patient's condition, or the activity of making an effort to correct, or at least make more acceptable, conditions that are difficult to endure related to patient's conditions is considered “ameliorative” treatment.
  • prevent refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action.
  • reversal refers to the ability of a compound to restore nerve-stimulated force in skeletal muscle exposed either ex vivo or in vivo to a non-depolarizing neuromuscular blocking agent or another pharmaceutical that is able to depress neuromuscular transmission
  • ester hydrolysing reagent refers to a chemical reagent which is capable of converting an ester functional group to a carboxylic acid with elimination of the alcohol moiety of the original ester, including but not limited to acid, base, a fluoride source, PBr 3 , PCl 3 and lipase enzymes.
  • non-depolarizing blockers refers to pharmaceutical agents that antagonize the activation of acetylcholine receptors at the post-synaptic muscle fibre membrane by blocking the acetylcholine binding site on the receptor. These agents are used to block neuromuscular transmission and induce muscle paralysis in connection with surgery.
  • recovery of force in muscle with neuromuscular dysfunction refers to the ability of a compound to recover contractile force in nerve-stimulated healthy rat muscle after exposure to submaximal concentration of (115 nM) tubocurarine for 90 mins. Recovery of force is quantified as the percentage of the force prior to tubocurarine that is recovered by the compound.
  • total membrane conductance is the electrophysiological measure of the ability of ions to cross the muscle fibre surface membrane. It reflects the function of ion channels that are active in resting muscle fibres of which CIC-1 is known to contribute around 80% in most animal species.
  • compositions of the present invention comprise compounds capable of inhibiting the CIC-1 channel thereby improving or restoring neuromuscular function.
  • the invention relates to a composition
  • a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I):
  • A is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
  • A may for example be a monocyclic ring comprising 5 to 6 carbon atoms or a bicyclic ring comprising 8 to 10 C-atoms.
  • A is five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring.
  • A can also be a five-membered or six-membered heteroaromatic ring.
  • A is phenyl or naphthyl.
  • the heteroaromatic ring may for example comprise S, O or N atoms.
  • A is a five or six-membered aromatic ring comprising at least one N.
  • A is a five-membered heteroaromatic ring comprising an S and four C atoms.
  • A is a five-membered heteroaromatic ring comprising an O and four C atoms.
  • the invention concerns a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • the invention relates to a composition
  • a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I.3.4), wherein:
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • the invention relates to a composition
  • a composition comprising a compound of Formula (II):
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl. In an embodiment thereof R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl, from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alk(en)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl or from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alkyl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl. In one embodiment R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H and C 1-4 -alkyl.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of NR 9 —CO—R 10 , —NR 10 —SO 2 —R 12 , —CO—NR 9 R 10 , —SO 2 —NR 9 R 10 , —R 13 —O—R 11 , NR 9 R 10 or O—R 11 , wherein R 9 , R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from H, C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl whereas R 12 is selected from C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl.
  • R 9 , R 10 and R 11 may for example be independently selected from H and C 1-4 -alkyl or from the group consisting of H and C 1-3 -alkyl. In one embodiment R 9 , R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from H and —CH 3 .
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of cyano, fluorinated C 1-3 , nitro and halo. In one embodiment R 4 is selected from the group consisting of Cl, Br, I or F. In one embodiment R 4 is selected from the group consisting of Cl and Br.
  • R 4 can be located in either ortho- meta or para-position with respect to Y.
  • m can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
  • m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, such as 0, 1, 2 or 3 or such as 0, 1 or 2.
  • m is 0 or 1.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR 3 , SR 5 , S(O)R 5 , S(O) 2 R 5 , NR 3 , NR 3 C(O)R 9 , wherein
  • R 3 and/or R 5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-8 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 -alkyl and C 3-7 -cycloalkyl.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 -alkyl, such as from the group consisting of H and C 1-4 -alkyl.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H and CH 3 .
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-8 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl.
  • C 1-8 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR 9 —CO—R 10 , —N(R 10 ) 2 —SO 2 —R 12 , —CO—NR 9 R 10 , —SO 2 —NR 9 R 10 , —R 13 —O—R 11 , NR 9 R 10 , —S(O)R 12 , S(O) 2 R 12 , cyano, O—R 11 , fluorinated C 1-3 -alkyl, nitro and halo.
  • R 9 , R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from H, C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl whereas R 12 is selected from C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl It is appreciated that R 1 is different from R 2 .
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H and —CH 3 . In a more preferred embodiment R 1 is H.
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-8 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl.
  • C 1-8 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR 9 —CO—R 10 , —N(R 10 ) 2 —SO 2 —R 12 , —CO—NR 9 R 10 , —SO 2 —NR 9 R 10 , —R 13 —O—R 11 , NR 9 R 10 , —S(O)R 12 , S(O) 2 R 12 , cyano, O—R 11 , fluorinated C 1-3 -alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R 9 , R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from H, C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to two substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR 9 —CO—R 10 , —N(R 10 ) 2 —SO 2 —R 12 , —CO—NR 9 R 10 , —SO 2 —NR 9 R 10 , —R 13 —O—R 11 , NR 9 R 10 , —S(O)R 12 , S(O) 2 R 12 , cyano, O—R 11 , fluorinated C 1-3 -alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R 9 , R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from H, C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl and amino-C 1-4 -alkyl, wherein said C 1-4 -alkyl and C 3-6 -cycloalkyl may be substituted with O—R 11 , wherein R 11 is as defined above.
  • R 11 is —CH 3 .
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and CH 3 .
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 -alkyl and C 3-7 -cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alkyl and C 3-5 -cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alkyl.
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 and cyclopropyl.
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is —CH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 2 is —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —O—CH 3 .
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —O—CH 3 .
  • the compound is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R 2 is bound.
  • R 1 and R 2 are in one embodiment linked to form a C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are linked to form a C 3-5 -cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C 3-5 -cycloalk(en)yl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are linked to form a C 3-4 -cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C 3-4 -cycloalk(en)yl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are linked to form a cyclopropyl or a halo-cyclopropyl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are linked to form a cyclopropyl.
  • the invention relates to a composition
  • a composition comprising a compound of Formula (II.4):
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is —CH(CH 3 ) 2 and wherein said compound is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R 2 is bound as shown in formula
  • X 1 is N
  • X 2 is N
  • X 3 is N
  • R 4 may for example be selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, —CHO, C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, halo-C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, —O—C 1-4 -alk(en)yl
  • n is 0, 1 or 2. In one embodiment m is 0 or 1. For example m is 1.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (III.4):
  • R 2 is C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3-7 -cycloalkyl.
  • A is a monocyclic ring such as a phenyl. It is preferred that R 4 is in ortho- or meta position.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IV.4):
  • R 2 and R 4 are as defined above.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (V.4):
  • the compound of Formula (V) is further defined by Formula (VI):
  • R 4 is as defined above. It is preferred the R 4 is in ortho- or meta position.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VI.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VII.4):
  • Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (VIII)
  • Y is O.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H and C 1-4 -alkyl.
  • R 4 is in one embodiment selected from the group consisting of H, —CH 3 and halogen.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VIII.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IX.4):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —NH 2 , —CH 2 —CHF 2 , —CH 2 —CF 3 , —CH 2 —NH—CO—CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH—SO 2 —CH 3 and cyclopropyl, and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • R 2 is —CH 3 or —CH(CH 3 ) 2 ; and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • R 2 is —CH(CH 3 ) 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (X.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XI.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XII.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIII.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
  • Formula (VII) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XI) to (XXVI II):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • R 2 is —CH 3 or —CH(CH 3 ) 2 ; and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • R 2 is —CH 3 or —CH(CH 3 ) 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl and F. It is further preferred that the compound of Formula (X) is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R 2 is bound.
  • This embodiment is exemplified by Formulas (XXIII) and (XXIV), where R 2 is —CH 3 and R 4 is Cl or Br.
  • Y is SO 2 .
  • the compound of Formula (VII) can be further defined by Formula (XXXII):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • R 2 is —CH 3 or —CH(CH 3 ) 2 ; and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • R 2 is —CH 3 or —CH(CH 3 ) 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl and F.
  • R 2 and X 1 are as defined above; and R 4 and R′ 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, hydroxy, —CHO, C 1-6 -alk(en/yn)yl, halo-C 1-6 -alk(en/yn)yl, O—C 1-6 -alk(en/yn)yl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 .
  • R 2 is CH 3 or —CH(CH 3 ) 2 . It is preferred that R 4 and R′ 4 are individually selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I. In another preferred embodiment R 4 and/or R′ 4 are H. It is further preferred that X 1 is N or C.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 ;
  • X 1 is N or C; and
  • R 4 and R′ 4 are individually selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Formula (XXXIV) is further defined by Formula (XXXV):
  • the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XXXVI) to (LIX):
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the invention relates to the use of the following compounds in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder. In one aspect, the invention relates to the use of the following compounds in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a compound of Formula (I):
  • A is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
  • A can be a five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring.
  • A is phenyl, or naphthyl.
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I.3.4), wherein:
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (II):
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H and —CH 3 . In a particular embodiment R 1 is H.
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to two substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR 9 —CO—R 10 , —N(R 10 ) 2 —SO 2 —R 12 , —CO—NR 9 R 10 , —SO 2 —NR 9 R 10 , —R 13 —O—R 11 , NR 9 R 10 , —S(O)R 12 , S(O) 2 R 12 , cyano, O—R 11 , fluorinated C 1-3 -alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R 9 , R 10 and R 11 are independently selected from H, C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 -alkyl and C 3-7 -cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 and cyclopropyl.
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is —CH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 1 is different from R 2 .
  • the compound as defined herein is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R 2 is bound.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (II.4):
  • R 1 is H and R 2 is C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3-7 -cycloalkyl and wherein said compound is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R 2 is bound as shown in Formula (III):
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, —CHO, C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, halo-C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, —O—C 1-4 -alk(en)yl.
  • n 0, 1 or 2.
  • m is 1.
  • X 1 is N
  • X 2 is N or X 3 is N.
  • X1, X 2 and X 3 is C.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (III.4):
  • the compound may in one embodiment be defined by Formula (I), which is further defined by Formula (IV):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IV.4):
  • R 2 and R 4 are as defined above. It is preferred that R 2 is C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3-7 -cycloalkyl.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (V.4):
  • the compound of Formula (V) is further defined by Formula (VI):
  • R 4 is as defined above.
  • R 4 is in ortho- or meta position.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VI.4):
  • the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (VII):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VII.4):
  • the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (VIII)
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VIII.4):
  • Y is O. It is further preferred that R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H and C 1-4 -alkyl. Preferably, R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH 3 and halogen. Thus, in one embodiment the compound is further defined by Formula (IX):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IX.4):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —NH 2 , —CH 2 —CHF 2 , —CH 2 —CF 3 , —CH 2 —NH—CO—CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH—SO 2 —CH 3 and cyclopropyl, and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (X.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XI.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XII.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIII.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
  • the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XI) to (XXVIII) as defined herein.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a compound of Formula (VII) that is further defined by Formula (XXIX):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXI):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • the compound of Formula (XXXII) is further defined by Formula (XXXIII):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 ;
  • X 1 is N or C; and
  • R 4 and R′ 4 are individually selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Formula (XXXIV) can be further defined by Formula (XXXV):
  • the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XXXVI) to (LIX) and compounds A-1 to A-29.
  • the compound or the compound for use according to the present invention has been modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
  • the compound or the compound for use according to the present invention further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound.
  • said moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
  • the moiety conjugated to the compound or compound for use according to the present invention is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments
  • compositions and compounds of the present invention are used for treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, or reversing neuromuscular blockade caused by non-depolarizing neuromuscular blocker or antibiotic agent.
  • the inventors of the present invention have shown that inhibition of CIC-1 channels recovers neuromuscular transmission. CIC-1 function may therefore contribute to muscle weakness in conditions of compromised neuromuscular transmission.
  • composition for use as described herein inhibits CIC-1 channels.
  • compounds of Formula (I) inhibit CIC-1 channels.
  • the neuromuscular disorder may also include neuromuscular dysfunctions.
  • Neuromuscular disorders include for example disorders with symptoms of muscle weakness and fatigue. Such disorders may include conditions with reduced neuromuscular transmission safety factor.
  • the neuromuscular disorders are motor neuron disorders.
  • Motor neuron disorders are disorders with reduced safety in the neuromuscular transmission.
  • motor neuron disorders are selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), X-linked spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy, Kennedy's disorder, multifocal motor neuropathy, Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis and post-polio syndrome.
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • SMA spinal muscular atrophy
  • X-linked spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy Kennedy's disorder
  • multifocal motor neuropathy Guillain-Barré syndrome
  • poliomyelitis post-polio syndrome.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is ALS.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is SMA.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is Charcot-Marie tooth disease (CMT).
  • the neuromuscular disorder is sarcopenia.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy (CIM).
  • neuromuscular disorders include for example disorders with symptoms of muscle weakness and fatigue.
  • Such disorder may for example include diabetes.
  • the composition of the present invention is used to prevent neuromuscular disorder.
  • the composition may for example be used prophylactically against nerve gas that is known to cause symptoms of muscle weakness and fatigue.
  • the neuromuscular disorders is chronic fatigue syndrome.
  • Chronic fatigue syndrome is the common name for a medical condition characterized by debilitating symptoms, including fatigue that lasts for a minimum of six months in adults.
  • CFS may also be referred to as systemic exertion intolerance disorder (SEID), myalgic encephalomyelitis (ME), post-viral fatigue syndrome (PVFS), chronic fatigue immune dysfunction syndrome (CFIDS), or by several other terms.
  • SEID systemic exertion intolerance disorder
  • ME myalgic encephalomyelitis
  • PVFS post-viral fatigue syndrome
  • CIDS chronic fatigue immune dysfunction syndrome
  • Symptoms of CFS include malaise after exertion; unrefreshing sleep, widespread muscle and joint pain, physical exhaustion, and muscle weakness.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is a critical illness polyneuropathy or CIM.
  • Critical illness polyneuropathy and CIM are overlapping syndromes of widespread muscle weakness and neurological dysfunction developing in critically ill patients.
  • the neuromuscular disorder may also include metabolic myopathy and mitochondrial myopathy.
  • Metabolic myopathies result from defects in biochemical metabolism that primarily affects muscle. These may include glycogen storage disorders, lipid storage disorder and 3-phosphocreatine stores disorder.
  • Mitochondrial myopathy is a type of myopathy associated with mitochondrial disorder. Symptoms of mitochondrial myopathies include muscular and neurological problems such as muscle weakness, exercise intolerance, hearing loss and trouble with balance and coordination.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is a myasthenic condition.
  • Myasthenic conditions are characterized by muscle weakness and neuromuscular transmission failure.
  • Congenital myasthenia gravis is an inherited neuromuscular disorder caused by defects of several types at the neuromuscular junction.
  • Myasthenia gravis 3 and Lambert-Eaton syndrome are also examples of myasthenic condition.
  • Myasthenia gravis is either an autoimmune or congenital neuromuscular disorder that leads to fluctuating muscle weakness and fatigue.
  • Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome also known as LEMS, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, or Eaton-Lambert syndrome
  • LEMS Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome
  • Eaton-Lambert syndrome is a rare autoimmune disorder that is characterized by muscle weakness of the limbs. It is the result of an autoimmune reaction in which antibodies are formed against presynaptic voltage-gated calcium channels, and likely other nerve terminal proteins, in the neuromuscular junction.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is myasthenia gravis.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is Lambert-Eaton syndrome.
  • Neuromuscular blockade is used in connection with surgery under general anaesthesia. Reversing agents are used for more rapid and safer recovery of muscle function after such blockade. Complications with excessive muscle weakness after blockade during surgery can result in delayed weaning from mechanical ventilation and respiratory complications after the surgery. Since such complications have pronounced effects on outcome of the surgery and future quality of life of patients, there is a need for improved reversing agents.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is muscle weakness caused by neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
  • the composition is used for reversing and/or ameliorating neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
  • one aspect of the present invention relates to a composition comprising a compound of Formula
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I.3.4), wherein:
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I):
  • the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (II.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (III.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IV.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (V.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VI.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VII.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VIII.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IX.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (X.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XI.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XII.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIII.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
  • the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
  • the compound for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the compound or the compound for use according to the present invention has been modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
  • the compound or the compound for use according to the present invention further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound.
  • said moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
  • the moiety conjugated to the compound or compound for use according to the present invention is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
  • moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined in any one of the embodiments herein below to a person in need thereof.
  • the present invention relates to use of a composition as defined herein, for the manufacture of a medicament for reversing and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
  • composition of the present invention may comprise further active ingredients/agents or other components to increase the efficiency of the composition.
  • composition further comprises at least one further active agent.
  • active agent is suitable for treating, preventing or ameliorating said neuromuscular disorder.
  • the active agent is in a preferred embodiment an acetylcholine esterase inhibitor.
  • Said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor may for example be selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galantamine, caffeine—noncompetitive, piperidines, donepezil, tacrine, edrophonium, huperzine, ladostigil, ungeremine and lactucopicrin.
  • the acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of neostigmine, physostigmine and pyridostigmine. It is preferred that the acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
  • the active agent may also be an immunosuppressive drug.
  • limmunosuppressive drugs are drugs that suppress or reduce the strength of the body's immune system. They are also known as anti-rejection drugs.
  • Immunosuppressive drugs include but are not limited to glucocorticoids, corticosteroids, cytostatics, antibodies and drugs acting on immunophilins.
  • the active agent is prednisone.
  • the active agent may also be an agent that is used in anti-myotonic treatment.
  • agents include for example blockers of voltage gated Na + channels, and aminoglycosides.
  • the active agent may also be an agent for reversing a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
  • agents include for example neostigmine or suggammadex.
  • the active agent may also be an agent for increasing the Ca 2+ sensitivity of the contractile filaments in muscle.
  • Such agent includes tirasemtiv.
  • the active agent may also be an agent for increasing ACh release by blocking voltage gated K + channels in the pre-synaptic terminal.
  • agent includes 3,4-aminopyridine.
  • combination therapy using C8 and 3,4-diaminopyridine resulted in an unexpected synergistic effect on recovery of neuromuscular transmission.
  • compositions comprising the compound or the compound for use, according to the present invention.
  • the composition according to the present invention is used for treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
  • the compositions and compounds described herein are pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • the composition as described herein is in the form of a pharmaceutical formulation.
  • the composition as described herein further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical formulation, which comprises a compound as disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof, as herein defined, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation which comprises a compound as disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof, as herein defined, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the composition of the present invention further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared by conventional techniques, e.g. as described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 2005, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid.
  • Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules.
  • a solid carrier can be one or more excipients which may also act as diluents, flavoring agents, solubilizers, lubricants, suspending agents, binders, preservatives, wetting agents, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
  • solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration.
  • liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • These preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
  • compositions of the present invention may be formulated for parenteral administration and may be presented in unit dose form in ampoules, pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion or in multi-dose containers, optionally with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, for example solutions in aqueous polyethylene glycol.
  • oily or non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles examples include propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils (e.g., olive oil), and injectable organic esters (e.g., ethyl oleate), and may contain agents such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying or suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilisation from solution for constitution before use with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile, pyrogen-free water.
  • compositions of the present invention is formulated for oral administration.
  • Oral administration forms include solid form preparations including powders, tablets, drops, capsules, cachets, lozenges, and dispersible granules.
  • Other forms suitable for oral administration may include liquid form preparations including emulsions, syrups, elixirs, aqueous solutions, aqueous suspensions, toothpaste, gel dentrifrice, chewing gum, or solid form preparations which are intended to be converted shortly before use to liquid form preparations, such as solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • the carrier is a finely divided solid which is a mixture with the finely divided active component.
  • the composition as described herein is formulated in a tablet or capsule.
  • the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding capacity in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
  • Suitable carriers are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like.
  • Drops according to the present invention may comprise sterile or non-sterile aqueous or oil solutions or suspensions, and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution, optionally including a bactericidal and/or fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservative, and optionally including a surface active agent.
  • suitable solvents for the preparation of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol.
  • Emulsions may be prepared in solutions in aqueous propylene glycol solutions or may contain emulsifying agents such as lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or acacia.
  • Aqueous solutions can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizing and thickening agents.
  • Aqueous suspensions can be prepared by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well-known suspending agents.
  • compositions of the present invention may also be formulated in a wide variety of formulations for parenteral administration.
  • the formulations may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, for example solutions in aqueous polyethylene glycol.
  • the composition may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilisation from solution for constitution before use with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile, pyrogen-free water.
  • the formulations can be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, such as ampoules, vials, pre-filled syringes, infusion bags, or can be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid excipient, for example, water, for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions can be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
  • oily or non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles examples include propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils, and injectable organic esters, and may contain formulatory agents such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying or suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the formulations for injection will typically contain from about 0.5 to about 25% by weight of the active ingredient in solution.
  • Regions for topical administration include the skin surface and also mucous membrane tissues of the vagina, rectum, nose, mouth, and throat.
  • the topical composition will typically include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier adapted for topical administration.
  • the composition may take the form of a suspension, solution, ointment, lotion, sexual lubricant, cream, foam, aerosol, spray, suppository, implant, inhalant, tablet, capsule, dry powder, syrup, balm or lozenge, for example. Methods for preparing such compositions are well known in the pharmaceutical industry.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be formulated for topical administration to the epidermis as ointments, creams or lotions, or as a transdermal patch. They may be made by mixing the active ingredient in finely-divided or powdered form, alone or in solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous fluid, with the aid of suitable machinery, with a greasy or non-greasy base.
  • the base may comprise hydrocarbons such as hard, soft or liquid paraffin, glycerol, beeswax, a metallic soap; a mucilage; an oil of natural origin or a fatty acid.
  • the formulation may incorporate any suitable surface active agent such as an anionic, cationic or non-ionic surfactant such as a sorbitan ester or a polyoxyethylene derivative thereof.
  • suitable surface active agent such as an anionic, cationic or non-ionic surfactant such as a sorbitan ester or a polyoxyethylene derivative thereof.
  • Suspending agents such as natural gums, cellulose derivatives or inorganic materials such as silicaceous silicas, and other ingredients such as lanolin, may also be included.
  • Lotions according to the present invention also include those suitable for application to the eye.
  • An eye lotion may comprise a sterile aqueous solution optionally containing a bactericide.
  • Formulations for use in nasal, pulmonary and/or bronchial administration are normally administered as aerosols in order to ensure that the aerosolized dose actually reaches the mucous membranes of the nasal passages, bronchial tract or the lung.
  • aerosol particle is used herein to describe the liquid or solid particle suitable for nasal, bronchial or pulmonary administration, i.e., that will reach the mucous membranes.
  • aerosols are administered by use of a mechanical devices designed for pulmonary and/or bronchial delivery, including but not limited to nebulizers, metered dose inhalers, and powder inhalers.
  • any form of aerosolization known in the art including but not limited to spray bottles, nebulization, atomization or pump aerosolization of a liquid formulation, and aerosolization of a dry powder formulation, can be used.
  • Liquid Aerosol Formulations in general contain a compound of the present invention in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include but are not limited to sterile water, saline, buffered saline, dextrose solution, and the like.
  • Formulations for dispensing from a powder inhaler device will normally comprise a finely divided dry powder containing pharmaceutical composition of the present invention (or derivative) and may also include a bulking agent, such as lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, or mannitol in amounts which facilitate dispersal of the powder from the device.
  • Dry powder formulations for inhalation may also be formulated using powder-filled capsules, in particularly capsules the material of which is selected from among the synthetic plastics.
  • the formulation is formulated to the type of device employed and may involve the use of an appropriate propellant material, in addition to the usual diluents, adjuvants and/or carriers useful in therapy and known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the propellant may be any propellant generally used in the art. Specific non-limiting examples of such useful propellants are a chlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, a hydrochlorofluorocarbon, or a hydrocarbon.
  • the formulations of the present embodiment may also include other agents useful for pH maintenance, solution stabilization, or for the regulation of osmotic pressure.
  • the formulations of the present embodiment may also include other agents useful for pH maintenance, solution stabilization, or for the regulation of osmotic pressure.
  • Transdermal administration typically involves the delivery of a pharmaceutical agent for percutaneous passage of the drug into the systemic circulation of the patient.
  • the skin sites include anatomic regions for transdermally administering the drug and include the forearm, abdomen, chest, back, buttock, mastoidal area, and the like.
  • Transdermal delivery is accomplished by exposing a source of the complex to a patient's skin for an extended period of time.
  • Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a pharmaceutical agent-chemical modifier complex to the body.
  • dosage forms can be made by dissolving, dispersing, or otherwise incorporating the pharmaceutical agent-chemical modifier complex in a proper medium, such as an elastomeric matrix material.
  • Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate-controlling membrane or dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • a simple adhesive patch can be prepared from a backing material and an acrylate adhesive.
  • administration forms include but are not limited to oral, parental, topical, enteral, rectal or buccal administration.
  • the composition is administered or adapted for administration enterally, topically, parenterally or as part of a sustained release implant.
  • the parenteral administration may for example be intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intracranial or intraperitoneal.
  • the parental administration is intramuscular.
  • Enteral administration includes oral, rectal, or buccal administration and may be sustained release, long acting or immediate relase.
  • topical administration is dermal, epicutaneous, vaginal, intravesical, pulmonary, intranasal, intratracheal or as eye drops.
  • composition is administered or adapted for administration subcutaneously or intravenously.
  • composition of the present invention comprises at least 30 wt. % compound, such as at least 25 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 20 wt. % compound, at least 15 wt. % compound, such as at least 25 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 20 wt. % compound, at least 15 wt. % compound, such as at least 10 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 8 wt. % compound, at least 5 wt. % compound, such as at least 4 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 3 wt. % compound, at least 2 wt. % compound, such as at least 1 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 0.5 wt. % compound or at least 0.5 wt. % compound.
  • Wt. % is an abbreviation for weight percent.
  • the compound is any compound defined by Formula (I).
  • the active ingredient can be any of the compounds defined by the formulas or embodiments presented herein.
  • the compound as described herein is to be administered in a dosage of from 1 ⁇ g/kg-30,000 ⁇ g/kg body weight, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-7,500 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-5,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-2,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-1,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-700 ⁇ g/kg, such as 5 ⁇ g/kg-500 ⁇ g/kg, such as 10 ⁇ g/kg to 100 ⁇ g/kg bodyweight.
  • 1 ⁇ g/kg-30,000 ⁇ g/kg body weight such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-7,500 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-5,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-2,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-1,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-700 ⁇ g/kg, such as 5 ⁇ g/kg-
  • the compound as described herein is to be administered in a dosage of from 1 ⁇ g/kg-1,000 ⁇ g/kg body weight, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-500 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-250 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-100 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-50 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg to 10 ⁇ g/kg bodyweight.
  • the compound as described herein is to be administered in a dosage of from 10 ⁇ g/kg-30,000 ⁇ g/kg body weight, such as 10 ⁇ g/kg-7,500 ⁇ g/kg, such as 10 ⁇ g/kg-5,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 10 ⁇ g/kg-2,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 10 ⁇ g/kg-1,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 10 ⁇ g/kg-700 ⁇ g/kg, such as 10 ⁇ g/kg-500 ⁇ g/kg, such as 10 ⁇ g/kg to 100 ⁇ g/kg bodyweight.
  • the administration of the composition as described herein is repeated at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 times weekly.
  • the administration is repeated at least 1-3 times weekly, such as 2-5 times weekly, such as 3-6 times weekly.
  • the administration is repeated daily.
  • the administration of the composition may for example be repeated 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 times daily.
  • the administration is repeated 1 to 8 times daily, such as 2 to 5 times daily.
  • the compound as defined herein can be modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
  • half-life is the time it takes for the compound to lose one-half of its pharmacologic activity.
  • plasma half-life is the time that it takes the compound to lose one-half of its pharmacologic activity in the blood plasma.
  • Modification of the compound to increase its half-life may for example include conjugation of a moiety that increases the half-life of the compound.
  • the compound further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound. It is preferred that the moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
  • the moiety conjugated to the compound can for example be one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
  • moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular disorder, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compositions and compounds as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
  • the present invention relates to a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or the compound for use as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
  • the present invention relates to a method for recovery of neuromuscular transmission, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or the compound for use as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
  • the person in need thereof may be a person having a neuromuscular disorder or a person at risk of developing a neuromuscular disorder or a person having symptoms of muscle weakness and/or fatigue.
  • the person in need thereof is a person with reduced neuromuscular transmission safety with prolonged recovery after neuromuscular blockade. Types of neuromuscular disorders are defined herein above.
  • the person has, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy, myasthenia gravis or Lambert-Eaton syndrome.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is an amount that produces a therapeutic response or desired effect in the person taking it.
  • Administration routes, formulations, forms and dosages are as defined herein above and throughout this specification.
  • the method of treatment may be combined with other methods that are known to treat, prevent and/or ameliorate neuromuscular disorders.
  • the treatment method may for example be combined with administration of any of the agents mentioned herein above.
  • the treatment is combined with administration of acetylcholine esterase inhibitor such as for example neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to use of a composition as defined herein, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular disorder.
  • compositions as defined herein for the manufacture of a medicament or a reversal agent for reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
  • the present invention relates to methods of manufacturing compounds or compounds for use according to formula (I).
  • One method for manufacturing the compounds or compounds for use according to the present invention comprises the steps of
  • a second method for manufacturing the compounds or compounds for use according to the present invention comprises the steps of
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be administered as a prodrug to modify the distribution, duration of efficacy or other properties. Conversion of the carboxylic acid group of compounds of formula (I) to an ester using ethanol to form the ethyl ester is an example of such prodrug.
  • Preferred alcohols include low molecular weight alcohols, phenols and other aromatic alcohols, and fluorinated alcohols. In some cases, it is preferable to use an enol as the alcohol, for example 4-hydroxy-pent-3-ene-2-one.
  • the prodrug may be the corresponding aldehyde, or an imine thereof. Again, these precursors can be expected to transform to the carboxylic acid in vivo.
  • the prodrugs are administered using the same formulations and in the same dosage ranges as the compounds of formula (I).
  • said prodrug is defined by Formula (LX):
  • R 14 is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrimidyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl and quinolyl, all aromatic and heteroaromatic groups optionally substituted by one or more R 4
  • R 14 is a phenyl substituted with methoxy, nitro, cyano, Cl, Br, I and/or F.
  • Formula (LX) is further defined by Formula (LXI):
  • the prodrug is defined by Formula (LXII):
  • the prodrug can also be defined by Formula (LXIII):
  • Embodiment 1 is a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I):
  • Embodiment 2 is a composition according to embodiment 1, wherein A is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
  • Embodiment 3 composition according to embodiments 1 and 2, wherein A is five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring.
  • Embodiment 4 composition according to embodiment 1 to 3, wherein A is phenyl, or naphthyl.
  • Embodiment 5 composition according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula (II):
  • Embodiment 6 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H and —CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 7 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 1 is H.
  • Embodiment 8 is a composition for use according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to two substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR 9 —CO—R 10 , —N(R 10 ) 2 —SO 2 —R 12 , —CO—NR 9 R 10 , —SO 2 —NR 9 R 10 , —R 13 —O—R 11 , —NR 9 R 10 , —S(O)R 12 , —S(O) 2 R 12 , cyano, —O—R 11 , fluorinated C 1-3 -alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R 9 , R 10
  • Embodiment 9 is a composition for use according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl and amino-C 1-4 -alkyl, wherein said C 1-4 -alkyl and C 3-6 -cycloalkyl may be substituted with O—R 11 , wherein R 11 is selected from H, C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl.
  • Embodiment 10 is a composition for use according to embodiment 9, wherein R 11 is —CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 11 is a composition for use according to embodiment 9, wherein R 2 is —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —O—CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 12 is a composition for use according to any of embodiments 1 to 7, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 -alkyl and C 3-7 -cycloalkyl.
  • Embodiment 13 is a composition for use according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 and cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 14 is a composition for use according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is —CH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • Embodiment 15 is composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 1 is different from R 2 .
  • Embodiment 16 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound is an S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R 2 is bound.
  • Embodiment 17 is a composition for use according to any embodiments 1 to 16, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3-7 -cycloalkyl and wherein said compound is an S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R 2 is bound as shown in Formula (III):
  • Embodiment 18 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, —CHO, C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, halo-C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, —O—C 1-4 -alk(en)yl.
  • Embodiment 19 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein m is 0, 1 or 2.
  • Embodiment 20 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein m is 1.
  • Embodiment 21 is a composition for use according to any embodiments, wherein X 1 is N, X 2 is N or X 3 is N.
  • Embodiment 22 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 5 to 20, wherein X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is C.
  • Embodiment 23 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (IV):
  • Embodiment 24 is a composition for use according to embodiment 23, wherein the compound of Formula (IV) is further defined by Formula (V):
  • Embodiment 25 is a composition for use according to embodiments 23, wherein R 2 is C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3-7 -cycloalkyl.
  • Embodiment 26 is a composition for use according embodiment 25, wherein the compound of
  • Embodiment 27 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 24 to 26, wherein R 4 is in ortho- or meta position.
  • Embodiment 28 is a composition for use according to embodiment 1, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (VII):
  • Embodiment 29 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (VIII)
  • Embodiment 30 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiment 5 to 29, wherein Y is O.
  • Embodiment 31 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 28 to 30, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H and C 1-4 -alkyl.
  • Embodiment 32 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 28 to 31, wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH 3 and halogen.
  • Embodiment 33 is a composition for use according to embodiment 32, wherein said compound is further defined by Formula (IX):
  • Embodiment 34 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (X):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —NH 2 , —CH 2 —CHF 2 , —CH 2 —CF 3 , —CH 2 —NH—CO—CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH—SO 2 —CH 3 and cyclopropyl, and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Embodiment 35 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XI) to (XXVIII):
  • Embodiment 36 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXIX):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Embodiment 37 is a composition for use according to embodiment 36, wherein the compound of Formula (XXIX) is further defined by Formula (XXX):
  • Embodiment 38 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXI):
  • Embodiment 39 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXII):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Embodiment 40 is a composition for use according to embodiment 39, wherein the compound of Formula (XXXII) is further defined by Formula (XXXIII):
  • Embodiment 41 is a composition for use according to embodiment 1, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (XXXIV):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 ;
  • X 1 is N or C; and
  • R 4 and R′ 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Embodiment 42 is a composition for use according to embodiment 41, wherein Formula (XXXIV) is further defined by Formula (XXXV):
  • Embodiment 43 is a composition for use according to embodiment 1, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XXXVI) to (LIX)
  • Embodiment 44 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein said prodrug is defined by Formula (LX):
  • Embodiment 45 is a prodrug according to embodiment 44, wherein R 14 is a phenyl substituted with methoxy, nitro, cyano, Cl, Br, I and/or F.
  • Embodiment 46 is a prodrug according to embodiment 44, wherein Formula (LX) is further defined by Formula (LXI):
  • Embodiment 47 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 1 to 43, wherein said prodrug is defined by Formula (LXII):
  • Embodiment 48 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 1 to 43,
  • Embodiment 49 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 1 to 43, wherein said prodrug is defined by Formula (LXIV):
  • Embodiment 50 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is myasthenia gravis.
  • Embodiment 51 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is autoimmune myasthenia gravis.
  • Embodiment 52 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is congenital myasthenia gravis.
  • Embodiment 53 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is Lambert-Eaton Syndrome.
  • Embodiment 54 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy.
  • Embodiment 55 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS).
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • Embodiment 56 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is spinal muscular atrophy (SMA).
  • SMA spinal muscular atrophy
  • Embodiment 57 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy (CIM).
  • CCM critical illness myopathy
  • Embodiment 58 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is reversal diabetic polyneuropathy.
  • Embodiment 59 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is selected from the group consisting of Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is selected from the group consisting of Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
  • Embodiment 60 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is for use in the treatment of symptoms of an indication selected from the group consisting of myasthenia gravis (such as autoimmune and congenital myasthenia gravis), Lambert-Eaton Syndrome, critical illness myopathy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), critical illness myopathy (CIM), reversal diabetic polyneuropathy, Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
  • myasthenia gravis such as autoimmune and congenital myasthenia gravis
  • Lambert-Eaton Syndrome critical illness myopathy
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • SMA spinal muscular atrophy
  • CCM critical illness myopathy
  • reversal diabetic polyneuropathy Guillain-Barré syndrome
  • poliomyelitis post-polio syndrome
  • Embodiment 61 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder has been induced by a neuromuscular blocking agent.
  • Embodiment 62 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Embodiment 63 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments further comprising at least one further active agent.
  • Embodiment 64 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein said further active agent is suitable for treating, preventing or ameliorating said neuromuscular disorder.
  • Embodiment 65 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is an acetylcholine esterase inhibitor.
  • Embodiment 66 is a composition for use according to embodiment 65, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galantamine, caffeine—noncompetitive, piperidines, donepezil, tacrine, edrophonium, huperzine, ladostigil, ungeremine and lactucopicrin.
  • said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galantamine, caffeine—
  • Embodiment 67 is a composition for use according embodiment 65, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
  • Embodiment 68 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suggamadex.
  • Embodiment 69 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is tirasemtiv.
  • Embodiment 70 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is 3,4-aminopyridine.
  • Embodiment 71 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is administered or adapted for administration enterally, topically, parenterally or as part of a sustained release implant.
  • Embodiment 72 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the parenteral administration is intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intracranial or intraperitoneal.
  • Embodiment 73 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the enteral administration is oral, rectal, or buccal.
  • Embodiment 74 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the topical administration is dermal, epicutaneous, vaginal, intravesical, pulmonary, intranasal, intratracheal or as eye drops.
  • Embodiment 75 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is administered or adapted for administration subcutaneously or intravenously.
  • Embodiment 76 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is formulated for oral administration.
  • Embodiment 77 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is formulated in a tablet or capsule.
  • Embodiment 78 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said composition is to be administered in a dosage of from 1 ⁇ g/kg-10,000 ⁇ g/kg body weight, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-7,500 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-5,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-2,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-1,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-700 ⁇ g/kg, such as 5 ⁇ g/kg-500 ⁇ g/kg, such as 10 ⁇ g/kg to 100 ⁇ g/kg bodyweight.
  • 1 ⁇ g/kg-10,000 ⁇ g/kg body weight such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-7,500 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-5,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-2,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1 ⁇ g/kg-1,000 ⁇ g/kg, such as 1
  • Embodiment 79 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said administration is repeated daily.
  • Embodiment 80 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said administration is repeated at least 1-3 times weekly, such as 2-5 times weekly, such as 3-6 times weekly.
  • Embodiment 81 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said administration is repeated 1 to 8 times daily, such as 2 to 5 times daily.
  • Embodiment 82 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound further has been modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
  • Embodiment 83 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound.
  • Embodiment 84 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
  • Embodiment 85 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the moiety conjugated to the compound is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
  • the moiety conjugated to the compound is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
  • Embodiment 86 is a method of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular disorder, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined in any one of the preceding embodiment to a person in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 87 is a method of using a composition as defined in any one of embodiments 1 to 85, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular disorder.
  • Embodiment 88 is a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I):
  • Embodiment 89 is a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined in embodiment 88 to a person in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 90 is a method for recovery of neuromuscular transmission, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined in embodiment 88 to a person in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 91 is a method of using a composition as defined in embodiment 88, for the manufacture of a medicament for recovery of neuromuscular transmission.
  • Embodiment 92 is a compound of Formula (I):
  • Embodiment 93 is a compound according to embodiment 92, wherein A is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
  • Embodiment 94 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 and 93, wherein A is five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring.
  • Embodiment 95 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 93, wherein A is phenyl, or naphthyl.
  • Embodiment 96 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 95, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula (II):
  • Embodiment 97 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 96, wherein R 1 is selected from the group consisting of —H and —CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 98 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 96, wherein R 1 is H.
  • Embodiment 99 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 98, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to two substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR 9 —CO—R 10 , —N(R 10 ) 2 —SO 2 —R 12 , —CO—NR 9 R 10 , —SO 2 —NR 9 R 10 , —R 13 —O—R 11 , —NR 9 R 10 , —S(O)R 12 , S(O) 2 R 12 , cyano, —O—R 11 , fluorinated C 1-3 -alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R 9 , R 10 , and
  • Embodiment 100 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 98, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl and amino-C 1-4 -alkyl, wherein said C 1-4 -alkyl and C 3-6 -cycloalkyl may be substituted with O—R 11 , wherein R 11 is selected from H or C 1-4 -alk(en/yn)yl and C 3-6 -cycloalk(en)yl.
  • Embodiment 101 is a compound according to embodiment 100, wherein R 11 is —CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 102 is a compound according to embodiment 100, wherein R 2 is —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —O—CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 103 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 102, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 -alkyl and C 3-7 -cycloalkyl.
  • Embodiment 104 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 102, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 and cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 105 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 104, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is —CH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • Embodiment 106 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 105, wherein R 1 is different from R 2 .
  • Embodiment 107 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 106, wherein said compound is an S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R 2 is bound.
  • Embodiment 108 is a compound according to any embodiments 92 to 107, wherein R 1 is H and R 2 is C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3-7 -cycloalkyl and wherein said compound is an S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R 2 is bound as shown in Formula (III):
  • Embodiment 109 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 108, wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, —CHO, C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, halo-C 1-4 -alk(en)yl, —O—C 1-4 -alk(en)yl.
  • Embodiment 110 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 109, wherein m is 0, 1 or 2.
  • Embodiment 111 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 110, wherein m is 1.
  • Embodiment 112 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 111, wherein X 1 is N, X 2 is N or X 3 is N.
  • Embodiment 113 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 111, wherein X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is C.
  • Embodiment 114 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 113, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (IV):
  • Embodiment 115 is a compound according to embodiment 114, wherein the compound of Formula (IV) is further defined by Formula (V):
  • R 2 and R 4 are as defined above.
  • Embodiment 116 is a compound according to embodiment 114 or embodiment 115, wherein R 2 is C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3-7 -cycloalkyl.
  • Embodiment 117 is a compound according embodiment 115, wherein the compound of Formula (V) is further defined by Formula (VI):
  • R 4 is as defined above
  • Embodiment 118 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 115 to 117, wherein R 4 is in ortho- or meta position.
  • Embodiment 119 is a compound according to embodiment 92, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (VII):
  • Embodiment 120 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (VIII)
  • Embodiment 121 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 120, wherein Y is O.
  • Embodiment 122 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 121, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H and C 1-4 -alkyl.
  • Embodiment 123 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 122, wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH 3 and halogen.
  • Embodiment 124 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 123, wherein said compound is further defined by Formula (IX):
  • Embodiment 125 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (X):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —NH 2 , —CH 2 —CHF 2 , —CH 2 —CF 3 , —CH 2 —NH—CO—CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH—SO 2 —CH 3 and cyclopropyl, and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Embodiment 126 is a compound se according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XI) to (XXVIII) as defined in embodiment 35.
  • Embodiment 127 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXIX):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Embodiment 128 is a compound according to embodiment 127, wherein the compound of Formula (XXIX) is further defined by Formula (XXX):
  • Embodiment 129 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXI):
  • Embodiment 130 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXII):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Embodiment 131 is a compound according to embodiment 130, wherein the compound of Formula (XXXII) is further defined by Formula (XXXIII):
  • Embodiment 132 is a compound according to embodiment 92, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (XXXIV):
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 and —CH 2 —NH 2 ;
  • X 1 is N or C; and
  • R 4 and R′ 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
  • Embodiment 133 is a compound according to embodiment 132, wherein Formula (XXXIV) is further defined by Formula (XXXV):
  • Embodiment 134 is a compound according to embodiment 92, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XXXVI) to (LIX) as defined in embodiment 43.
  • Embodiment 135 is a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
  • Embodiment 136 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is a 5-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • Embodiment 137 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is a 6-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • Embodiment 138 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is an 8-membered bicyclic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • Embodiment 139 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is a 9-membered bicyclic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • Embodiment 140 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is a 10-membered bicyclic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • Embodiment 141 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, dihydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, 3-pyrroline, 2-pyrroline, 2-imidazoline, 2-pyrazolidine, dihydro-oxazole, dihydro-thiazole, dihydro-isoxazole, dihydro-isothiazole, dihydro-1,2,3-tri
  • Embodiment 142 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole.
  • Embodiment 143 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole.
  • Embodiment 144 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of isoxazol-5-yl and isoxazol-3-yl.
  • Embodiment 145 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrahydropyran, thiane, piperidine, 1, 4-dioxane, morpholine, 1,4-oxathiane, 1,4-diathiane and piperazine, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrahydropyran, thiane, piperidine, 1, 4-dioxane, morpholine, 1,4-oxathiane, 1,4-diathiane and piperazine, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • Embodiment 146 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of tetrahydro-4H-cyclopent[d]isoxazole, hexahydro-1H-pyrrolizine, 1,4-dihydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole, 1,6-dihydropyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrrole, 6H-furo[2,3-b]pyrrole, 4H-furo[3,2-b]pyrrole, 6H-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole and 4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • Embodiment 147 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, benzimidazole, indazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, 1,2-benzisoxazole, 1,2-benzisothiazole, benzotriazole, pyrrolopyridine, pyrazolopyridine and imidazopyridine, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, benzimidazole, indazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, 1,2-benzisoxazole, 1,2-benzisothiazole, benzotriazole, pyrrolopyridine, pyrazolopyridine and imidazopyridine, wherein each of which may be optionally substitute
  • Embodiment 148 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, phthalazine and naphthyridine, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6 .
  • Embodiment 149 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is selected from the group consisting of isoxazole, oxazole oxadiazole, benzothiazole, thiazole, imidazole, tetrahydrofuran, triazole, pyrazole, thiophene, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 6
  • Embodiment 150 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (II.4):
  • Embodiment 151 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (III.4):
  • Embodiment 152 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (IV.4):
  • Embodiment 153 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiment, wherein the compound is of Formula (V.4):
  • Embodiment 154 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (VI.4):
  • Embodiment 155 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (VII.4):
  • Embodiment 156 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (VIII.4):
  • Embodiment 157 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (IX.4):
  • Embodiment 158 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (X.4):
  • Embodiment 159 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XI.4):
  • Embodiment 160 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XII.4):
  • Embodiment 161 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XIII.4):
  • Embodiment 162 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XIV.4):
  • Embodiment 163 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XV.4):
  • Embodiment 164 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is pyridine-2-yl.
  • Embodiment 165 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is 3aH,4H,5H,6H,6aH-cyclopenta[d][1,2]oxazol-3-yl.
  • Embodiment 166 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is 4,5-dihydro-1,2-oxazol-5-yl.
  • Embodiment 167 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is 1H-imidazol-4-yl.
  • Embodiment 168 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 2 is 4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl.
  • Embodiment 169 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein n is 0.
  • Embodiment 170 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein n is 1.
  • Embodiment 171 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein n is 2.
  • Embodiment 172 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 3 is deuterium or tritium.
  • Embodiment 173 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 3 is F, Cl, Br or I.
  • Embodiment 174 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 3 is F.
  • Embodiment 175 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 4 is C 1-5 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 7 .
  • Embodiment 176 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methylbutyl, pentyl, allyl, homo-allyl, vinyl, crotyl, butenyl, pentenyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclopentenyl optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 7 .
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl
  • Embodiment 177 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 4 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl, optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R 7 .
  • Embodiment 178 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 4 is methyl.
  • Embodiment 179 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 4 is ethyl.
  • Embodiment 180 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 4 is n-propyl or isopropyl.
  • Embodiment 181 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 4 is C 1-5 alkyl substituted with one or more F.
  • Embodiment 182 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 F, —CH 2 CHF 2 and —CH 2 CF 3 .
  • Embodiment 183 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 4 is —CH 2 F.
  • Embodiment 184 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 5 is hydrogen.
  • Embodiment 185 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 5 is C 1-5 alkyl.
  • Embodiment 186 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 5 is methyl or tert-butyl.
  • Embodiments 187 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein m is 0.
  • Embodiment 188 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein m is 1.
  • Embodiment 189 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein m is 2.
  • Embodiment 190 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkyl, C 1-5 alkenyl, C 1-5 alkynyl, C 3-5 cycloalkyl and C 5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • Embodiment 191 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 1-5 alkyl.
  • Embodiment 192 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is methyl or isopropyl.
  • Embodiment 193 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 1-5 alkenyl.
  • Embodiment 194 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 1-5 alkynyl.
  • Embodiment 195 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 3-5 cycloalkyl.
  • Embodiment 196 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 197 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 1-5 cycloalkenyl.
  • Embodiment 198 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 1-5 alkyl substituted with one or more F.
  • Embodiment 199 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 1-5 alkenyl substituted with one or more F.
  • Embodiment 200 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 1-5 alkynyl substituted with one or more F.
  • Embodiment 201 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 3-5 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more F.
  • Embodiment 202 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R 6 is C 5 cycloalkenyl substituted with one or more F.
  • Embodiment 203 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment 204 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment 205 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound has activity on CIC-1 receptor.
  • Embodiment 206 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is an inhibitor of the CIC-1 ion channel.
  • Embodiment 207 is a compound according to any one of the preceeding embodiments, wherein the EC 50 ⁇ 50 ⁇ M, preferably ⁇ 40 ⁇ M, more preferably ⁇ 30 ⁇ M, more preferably ⁇ 20 ⁇ M, more preferably ⁇ 15 ⁇ M, even more preferably ⁇ 10 ⁇ M and most preferably ⁇ 5 ⁇ M.
  • Embodiment 208 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the recovery of force in muscles with neuromuscular dysfunction is >5%, preferably >10%, more preferably >15%, more preferably >20%, more preferably >25%, even more preferably >30% and most preferably >35%.
  • Embodiment 209 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound improves the recovered force in isolated rat soleus muscles after exposure to tubocurarine.
  • Embodiment 210 is a composition comprising the compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments.
  • Embodiment 211 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Embodiment 212 is a compound or the composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, for use as a medicament.
  • Embodiment 213 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Embodiment 214 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition further comprises at least one further active agent.
  • Embodiment 215 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suitable for treating, preventing or ameliorating said neuromuscular disorder.
  • Embodiment 216 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is an acetylcholine esterase inhibitor.
  • Embodiment 217 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galantamine, caffeine—noncompetitive, piperidines, donepezil, tacrine, edrophonium, huperzine, ladostigil, ungeremine and lactucopicrin.
  • said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galant
  • Embodiment 218 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
  • Embodiment 219 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suggamadex.
  • Embodiment 220 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is tirasemtiv or CK-2127107.
  • Embodiment 221 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is 3,4-aminopyridine.
  • Embodiment 222 is a method for manufacturing the compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, the method comprising the steps of
  • Embodiment 223 is a method for manufacturing the compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, the method comprising the steps of
  • Embodiment 224 is a method for manufacturing the compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, the method comprising the steps of
  • Embodiment 225 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a
  • Embodiment 226 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is myasthenia gravis.
  • Embodiment 227 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is autoimmune myasthenia gravis.
  • Embodiment 228 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is congenital myasthenia gravis.
  • Embodiment 229 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is Lambert-Eaton Syndrome.
  • Embodiment 230 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy.
  • Embodiment 231 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS).
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • Embodiment 232 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is spinal muscular atrophy (SMA).
  • SMA spinal muscular atrophy
  • Embodiment 233 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy (CIM).
  • CCM critical illness myopathy
  • Embodiment 234 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is Charcot-Marie tooth disease (CMT).
  • CMT Charcot-Marie tooth disease
  • Embodiment 235 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is sarcopenia.
  • Embodiment 236 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is reversal diabetic polyneuropathy.
  • Embodiment 237 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is selected from the group consisting of Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
  • the neuromuscular disorder is selected from the group consisting of Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
  • Embodiment 238 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is for use in the treatment of symptoms of an indication selected from the group consisting of myasthenia gravis (such as autoimmune and congenital myasthenia gravis), Lambert-Eaton Syndrome, critical illness myopathy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), critical illness myopathy (CIM), reversal diabetic polyneuropathy, Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
  • myasthenia gravis such as autoimmune and congenital myasthenia gravis
  • Lambert-Eaton Syndrome critical illness myopathy
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • SMA spinal muscular atrophy
  • CCM critical illness myopathy
  • reversal diabetic polyneuropathy Guillain-Barré syndrome
  • poliomyelitis post-polio syndrome
  • Embodiment 239 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder has been induced by a neuromuscular blocking agent.
  • Embodiment 240 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the neuromuscular blockade is neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
  • Embodiment 241 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the neuromuscular blockade is drug induced.
  • Embodiment 242 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the drug is an antibiotic.
  • Embodiment 243 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the drug is a non-depolarizing neuromuscular blocker.
  • Embodiment 244 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound further has been modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
  • Embodiment 245 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound.
  • Embodiment 246 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
  • Embodiment 247 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the moiety conjugated to the compound is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
  • the moiety conjugated to the compound is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
  • Embodiment 248 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound is comprised in a composition.
  • Embodiment 249 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Embodiment 250 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Embodiment 251 is a compound for use according to any one of embodiments, wherein the composition further comprises at least one further active agent.
  • Embodiment 252 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suitable for treating, preventing or ameliorating said neuromuscular disorder.
  • Embodiment 253 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is an acetylcholine esterase inhibitor.
  • Embodiment 254 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galantamine, caffeine—noncompetitive, piperidines, donepezil, tacrine, edrophonium, huperzine, ladostigil, ungeremine and lactucopicrin.
  • said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives,
  • Embodiment 255 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
  • Embodiment 256 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suggamadex.
  • Embodiment 257 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is tirasemtiv.
  • Embodiment 258 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is 3,4-aminopyridine.
  • Embodiment 259 is a method of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular disorder, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments to a person in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 260 is a method of using a compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for reversing and/or ameliorating of a neuromuscular blockade.
  • Embodiment 261 is a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments to a person in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 262 is a method for recovery of neuromuscular transmission, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments to a person in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 262 is a method for recovering neuromuscular transmission, the method comprising administering a compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments to an individual in need thereof.
  • the product was analysed by Waters 2695 HPLC consisting of a Waters 996 photodiode array detector, Kromasil Eternity C18, 5 ⁇ m, 4.6 ⁇ 150 mm column. Flow rate: 1 mL/minute, run time 20 minutes. Solvent A: methanol; solvent B: 0.1% formic acid in water. Gradient 0-100% Solvent B over 15 minutes with monitoring at 280 nm.
  • step K To a 0° C. solution of the product of step K in methanol, a catalytic amount of acetyl chloride was added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 3-9 h and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was extracted with a solvent like methyl-tert-butyl ether or DCM. The organic layer was evaporated.
  • step L To a solution of the product of step L in methanol, 10% Pd/C was added and hydrogenated under ambient pressure for 24 h. The mixture was filtered through silica gel and evaporated.
  • the thioether obtained by Method A or B in a suitable solvent like DCM or ethyl acetate is treated with m-CPBA or another peracid at room temperature for 1-48 h and the reaction is monitored by TLC. After aqueous workup, the product is purified by chromatography.
  • the protected compound obtained from Step C in a suitable solvent like DCM is treated with TFA at room temperature for 1-18 h. After evaporation, the product is purified by reversed-phase chromatography with an HCl containing eluent.
  • the acid obtained by the previous methods in a suitable solvent like DCM or acetonitrile is treated DCC and the desired phenol, like p-nitrophenol, with a suitable catalyst like DMAP at room temperature for 1-48 h. After aqueous workup at acidic pH, the product is purified by rapid chromatography.
  • the ester obtained by the previous methods in a suitable solvent like toluene is treated DIBAL-H at ⁇ 78° C. for 1 h. After aqueous workup, the product is purified by rapid chromatography.
  • the aldehyde obtained by the step F in a suitable solvent like DCM is treated at room temperature with the desired primary amine like 2-aminoethanol. Evaporation, redilution with DCM and re-evaporation yielded the desired product.
  • Compound (X) in the case where Y ⁇ O is a phenol, is available either commercially or synthetically (see below), and can be converted into an ether (XI) by methods which include Mitsunobu reaction conditions.
  • This ether contains an ester functionality —CO 2 R 11 , which can be hydrolysed under a range of standard conditions, involving treatment with acid or base, to provide the carboxylic acid structure (XII), Y ⁇ O.
  • Standard conditions for hydrolysis of the ester can also for example involve an enzymatic hydrolysis, employing for example an esterase or lipase.
  • an ester molecule (XI) comprises for example a (CH 3 ) 3 SiCH 2 CH 2 O— group as —OR 11 , then a fluoride ion source such as tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride can be employed to convert (XI) into the corresponding carboxylic acid (XII).
  • Substituted phenols of general formula (X), Y ⁇ O can be prepared by a variety of standard methods, for example by an ester rearrangement in the Fries rearrangement, by a rearrangement of N-phenylhydroxylamines in the Bamberger rearrangement, by hydrolysis of phenolic esters or ethers, by reduction of quinones, by replacement of an aromatic amine or by a hydroxyl group with water and sodium bisulfide in the Bucherer reaction.
  • Other methods include hydrolysis of diazonium salts, by rearrangement reaction of dienones in the dienone phenol rearrangement, by the oxidation of aryl silanes or by the Hock process.
  • Carboxylic acids of Formula (X) (which is the same as Formula (I) in which R 4 is H) can also be prepared by the procedure illustrated as General Method B.
  • a phenolic ether of formula (XI) can be prepared by displacement of a suitable leaving group Q in (XIII) with the nucleophilic YH in (IX) (wherein Y ⁇ O).
  • Q can for example be a halogen such as fluorine or iodine, and the ether product of formula (XI) can be converted into the carboxylic acid derivative (XII) by one of a range of methods outlined in General Method A, involving hydrolysis of the ester functionality.
  • Carboxylic acids of Formula (X) (which is the same as Formula (I) in which R 4 is H) can be prepared by the procedure illustrated as General Method C.
  • a phenolic ether of formula (XV) can be prepared by utilising e.g. Mitsunobu conditions when (X) is a phenol structure, i.e. Y ⁇ O, and (XIV) is a suitable secondary alcohol, i.e. Z ⁇ OH, and —R 12 is a suitable protecting group, such as a silyl-containing moiety.
  • the primary alcohol in (XVI) can be oxidised to a carboxylic acid under standard conditions involving potassium permanganate, Jones oxidation conditions, the Heyns oxidation, ruthenium tetroxide or TEMPO, generating (XII).
  • the product (1.4) was analysed by LCMS (Agilent Infinity, X-Select, Waters X-Select C18, 2.5 ⁇ m, 4.6 ⁇ 30 mm, Basic (0.1% Ammonium Bicarbonate) 4 min method, 5-95% MeCN/water): m/z 312.150 (M+H-Na)+ (ES+); 334.053, (M+H)+ (ES+); 312.061 (M ⁇ H) ⁇ (ES ⁇ ), at 1.312 min, 100% purity @ 254 nm.
  • LCMS Alent Infinity, X-Select, Waters X-Select C18, 2.5 ⁇ m, 4.6 ⁇ 30 mm, Basic (0.1% Ammonium Bicarbonate) 4 min method, 5-95% MeCN/water
  • N-Chlorosuccinimide (220 mg, 1.650 mmol) followed by 1 drop of 1 M hydrochloric acid were added to a stirred solution of (E)-5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde oxime (2.2) (300 mg, 1.375 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) at room temperature. After 2 hours ethynylcyclopropane (0.140 mL, 1.650 mmol) was added followed by triethylamine (0.249 mL, 1.787 mmol) and the mixture maintained at room temp for 16 hours.
  • the product was analysed by LCMS (Waters Acquity UPLC, X-Select, Waters X-Select UPLC C18, 1.7 ⁇ m, 2.1 ⁇ 30 mm, Acidic (0.1% Formic acid) 3 min method, 5-95% MeCN/water) m/z 280/282 (M+H) + (ES + ); 278/280 (M ⁇ H) ⁇ (ES ⁇ ), at 1.753 min, 85% purity (diode array).
  • LCMS Waters Acquity UPLC, X-Select, Waters X-Select UPLC C18, 1.7 ⁇ m, 2.1 ⁇ 30 mm, Acidic (0.1% Formic acid) 3 min method, 5-95% MeCN/water) m/z 280/282 (M+H) + (ES + ); 278/280 (M ⁇ H) ⁇ (ES ⁇ ), at 1.753 min, 85% purity (diode array).
  • Table B illustrates Example compounds defined by the general Formula (I.3.4).
  • the HPLC System is one of the methods as defined in the Materials and methods section.
  • G m ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ channels and for this reason an effect of a compound on G m predominantly reflects alterations in CIC-1 function.
  • recordings were in some cases repeated in the presence of the CIC-1 inhibitor 9-AC (100 ⁇ M) to quantify for effects of the compounds on K + channels.
  • affinity of CIC-1 channels for a particular compound G m was plotted against compound concentration and a Boltzmann sigmoidal function was fitted to the data to obtain Kd of the compound (Table 2).
  • EPPs endplate potentials
  • tubocurarine was injected. Animals that failed to respond to tubocurarine were not used on the next day of experimentation. On the second day, the animals were first allowed to run on the rotarod, and all animals performed normally. This shows that effects of the tubocurarine that had been injected on the day before had completely disappeared.
  • the aim was to find compounds that by inhibition of CIC-1 channels can recover nerve-stimulated force under conditions of fatigue including conditions where fatigue is caused by compromised neuromuscular transmission.
  • Neuromuscular transmission dysfunction can develop because of both pre- and/or post-synaptic complications in connection with a disorder or as part of neuromuscular blockade during/after surgery.
  • FIG. 1 Experiments shown in FIG. 1 were performed to confirm that tubocurarine and elevated extracellular Mg 2+ specifically suppressed neuromuscular transmission without affecting the capacity of the muscle fibers to generate force.
  • the experiments also illustrate that field stimulation of the entire nerve-muscle preparation selectively activates the motor nerve when short-duration pulses (0.02 vs 0.2 ms) were used.
  • the preparation was stimulated either via field stimulation or via nerve-stimulation using a suction electrode. With the suction electrode only the nerve could be stimulated.
  • a submaximal concentration of the ACh receptor antagonist tubocurarine 0.2 ⁇ M
  • FIG. 1 B shows that only with short-duration pulses did tubocurarine cause a decline in peak force and fading.
  • FIG. 1C shows that also elevated extracellular Mg 2+ primarily affected nerve-stimulated force while it did not affect force when the muscle was stimulated directly. Elevated extracellular Mg 2+ could thus be used to partially block neuromuscular transmission and thus be used as a model of conditions with compromised pre-synaptic function (Lambert Eaton syndrome, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy).
  • CIC-1 ion channels can be used to recover contractile force in muscle with reduced neuromuscular transmission
  • isolated nerve-muscle preparations were first exposed to either tubocurarine ( FIG. 2A ) or elevated Mg 2+ ( FIG. 2B ) and then a specific CIC-1 inhibitor (9-AC) was added. It can be seen that CIC-1 inhibition caused a marked recovery of both force and M-wave signal in both conditions. This demonstrates the novel concept that CIC-1 channel inhibition can alleviate loss of force induced by compromised neuromuscular transmission. Similar observations were seen in EDL and diaphragm muscles from both young and adult rats (data not shown). 9-AC does not have the potential to be used as a pharmaceutical.
  • FIG. 3A shows representative nerve-stimulated force in two muscles during such an experiment before and during exposure to tubocurarine.
  • 50 ⁇ M of a test compound (C8) was added after 40 mins in tubocurarine.
  • grey trace For comparison with the muscle only exposed to tubocurarine (grey trace), the two traces have been overlaid.
  • FIG. 3B shows average AUC observations of force during experiments in which muscles at tubocurarine were exposed to C8. For comparison, muscles only exposed to tubocurarine have been included. The dotted line indicates the recovery of force with C8 when compared to the force production before its addition.
  • AUC force was first determined after 40 min in tubocurarine (column 3) and related to nerve-stimulated force prior to addition of tubocurarine.
  • the AUC at the different concentrations of compounds (columns 4-6) is the % change in AUC compared to the AUC before addition (column 3).
  • ACh receptors were inhibited using 2 ⁇ M rocuronium, which is a clinically used neuromuscular blocking agent. Under these conditions the nerve-stimulated force was reduced to 51 ⁇ 5% of force before rocuronium. When 50 ⁇ M C8 was subsequently added nerve-stimulated contractile force was significantly recovered to 81 ⁇ 4% of force before rocuronium (p ⁇ 0.01). This illustrates the potential of these compounds to be used as reversal agents.
  • Kd values for compounds when tested in human muscle using an approach identical to that in rat muscle are also included.
  • CIC-1 is a novel target in treatment of neuromuscular complications and it was therefore explored whether this approach for symptomatic treatment could be used in combination with existing symptomatic treatment approaches.
  • myasthenia gravis which in isolated muscles was mimicked by tubocurarine, the symptoms of muscle fatigue are most commonly treated with inhibitors of acethylcholineesterase of which neostigmine and pyridostigmine are examples.
  • neostigmine is the most commonly used reversal agent of neuromuscular blocked after surgery.
  • FIG. 5A-D show recordings of nerve-stimulated force production at different tubocurarine concentrations when tested under the four experimental conditions. It can be seen that C8 ( FIG. 5B ) and neostigmine ( FIG.
  • tubocurarine mimics conditions with reduced neuromuscular transmission due to post-synaptic dysfunction (myasthenia gravis, neuromuscular blockade)
  • the experiments with elevated extracellular Mg 2+ mimics conditions with pre-synaptic dysfunction akin to a range of neuromuscular disorders including Lambert Eaton syndrome, motor neuron disorders and polyneuropathy.
  • Patients with Lambert Eaton syndrome are commonly treated with inhibitors of voltage gated K + channels such as 3,4-diaminopyridine (3,4-AP). Based on this it was determined whether recovery of nerve-stimulated force at elevated extracellular Mg 2+ with CIC-1 inhibiting compounds could be added to force recovery with 3,4-AP.
  • FIG. 6A-D show recordings of nerve-stimulated force production at different Mg 2+ concentrations when tested under these four experimental conditions. It can be seen that with both 3,4-AP and CIC-1 inhibitor did the nerve-stimulated force at elevated Mg 2+ remain elevated when compared to control. The force was, however, best maintained when the combination of both 3,4-AP and CIC-1 inhibitor was used.
  • Example 10 CIC-1 Inhibition can Recover Contractile Force in Human Muscles Under Conditions that Mimic Critical Illness Myopathy
  • Critical illness myopathy is a condition that develops in around 30% of critically ill patients in intensive care units. The condition is diagnosed from a loss of muscle excitability as evaluated from reduction in compound muscle action potentials. The associated muscle weakness prevents patients from weaning from mechanical ventilation and therefore increases the stay in intensive care units.
  • CIM is associated with loss of NaV1.4 function and muscle fibers become depolarized.
  • depolarization and loss of NaV1.4 function in CIM were mimicked in experiments with isolated human muscles. Fibers were depolarized by raised extracellular K + , and loss of NaV1.4 function was induced by a small dose of NaV1.4 inhibitor TTX. As shown by FIG.
  • tubocurarine (0.13 mg/kg) in animals that had been familiarized to running on the rotarod.
  • tubocurarine was injected I.P. and the running performance of the animal was tested 21 minutes after this injection.
  • the animals first performed a test run to ensure that they were no longer affected by the tubocurarine injected the day before. Then C8 (20 mg/kg) or sham treatment were injected I.P. and allowed to act for 2 hrs before again injecting tubocurarine. Animals were again tested 21 minutes after this second tubocurarine treatment.
  • FIG. 9C shows the number of animals in the two groups (sham and C8) that had a performance increase of at least 100% on the second day.
  • CIC-1 Cl ⁇ ion channels generate around 80% of the total membrane conductance (G m ) in resting skeletal muscle fibres of most animals including rat and human. Other ion channels that contribute to G m can therefore be considered negligible, and it is possible to evaluate whether a compound inhibits CIC-1 in rat muscle by comparing G m measurements before and after exposure to a compound. CIC-1 inhibition would in such recordings be reflected by a reduction of G m .
  • G m was measured in individual fibres of whole rat soleus muscles using a three micro-electrodes technique described in this example and in full detail elsewhere. Briefly, intact rat soleus muscles were dissected out from 12-14 week old Wistar rats and placed in an experimental chamber that was perfused with a standard Krebs Ringer solution containing 122 mM NaCl, 25 mM NaHCO 3 , 2.8 mM KCl, 1.2 mM KH 2 PO 4 , 1.2 mM MgSO 4 , 1.3 mM CaC 2 , 5.0 mM D-glucose. During experiments, the solution was kept at approx. 30° C.
  • the experimental chamber was placed in Nikon upright microscope that was used to visualize individual muscle fibres and the three electrodes (glass pipettes filled with 2 M potassium citrate).
  • the electrodes were inserted into the same fibre with known inter-electrode distances of 0.35-0.5 mm (V1-V2, X1) and 1.1-1.5 mm (V1-V3, X3) ( FIG. 1A ).
  • the membrane potential of the impaled muscle fibre was recorded by all electrodes.
  • Two of the electrodes were furthermore used to inject 50 ms current pulses of ⁇ 30 nA.
  • G m was first determined in 10 muscle fibres in the absence of compound and then at four increasing compound concentrations with G m determinations in 5-10 fibres at each concentration. The average G m values at each concentration were plotted against compound concentration and the data was fitted to sigmoidal function to obtain an EC 50 value ( FIG. 1C ).
  • Table 7 shows the EC 50 values for a range of compounds with n values referring to number of experiments that each reflect recordings from around 50 fibres.
  • this example demonstrates that the compounds of the present invention have an EC 50 value in the range of 1-12 ⁇ M.
  • the current invention relates to compounds that inhibit CIC-1 ion channels and increase muscle excitability and thereby improve muscle function in clinical conditions where muscle activation is failing. Such conditions result in loss of contractile function of skeletal muscle, weakness and excessive fatigue.
  • the compounds were tested for their ability to restore contractile function of isolated rat muscle when the neuromuscular transmission had been compromised akin to neuromuscular disorders.
  • the contractile function of the muscle was initially assessed under the control conditions ( FIG. 2A ).
  • Sub-maximal concentration of tubocurarine 115 nM
  • tubocurarine an acetylcholine receptors antagonist
  • the experimental condition mimics the failing neuromuscular transmission in a range of neuromuscular disorders.
  • the contractile force declined over the next 90 mins to 10-50% of the control force.
  • 50 ⁇ M of the test compound was then added and the contractile force recovered despite the continued presence of tubocurarine.
  • the percentage of the initial force that was restored was determined after 40 mins of compound exposure ( FIG. 2B ) and the point increase is reported in Table 8.
  • this example demonstrates that the compounds of the present invention are able to increase muscle excitability and thereby improve muscle function in clinical conditions.
  • the muscle contractility was recovered by 15-40% points, which meant almost complete restoration of the force.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to compounds suitable for treating, ameliorating and/or preventing neuromuscular disorders, including the reversal of drug-induced neuromuscular blockade. The compounds as defined herein preferably inhibit the CIC-1 ion channel.

Description

FIELD OF INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing neuromuscular disorders, including the reversal of drug-induced neuromuscular blockade. The compounds as defined herein preferably inhibit the CIC-1 ion channel. The invention further relates to methods of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating neuromuscular disorders, by administering said composition to a person in need thereof.
BACKGROUND
Walking, breathing, and eye movement are examples of essential everyday physiological activities that are powered by contractile activity of skeletal muscle. Skeletal muscles are inherently resting and contractile activity exclusively occurs in response to commands from the central nervous system. Such neuronal commands take the form of action potentials that travel from the brain to the muscle fibers in several steps. The neuromuscular junction (NMJ) is the highly specialized membrane area on muscle fibers where motor neurons come into close contact with the muscle fibers, and it is at NMJ that neurofnal action potentials are transmitted to muscular action potentials in a one-to-one fashion via synaptic transmission.
Neuromuscular transmission refers to the sequence of cellular events at the NMJ whereby an action potential in the lower motor neuron is transmitted to a corresponding action potential in a muscle fiber. When a neuronal action potential arrives at the pre-synaptic terminal it triggers influx of Ca2+ through voltage gated P/Q-type Ca2+ channels in the nerve terminal membrane. This influx causes a rise in cytosolic Ca2+ in the nerve terminal that triggers exocytosis of acetylcholine (ACh). Released ACh next diffuses across the synaptic cleft to activate nicotinic ACh receptors in the post-synaptic, muscle fiber membrane. Upon activation, ACh receptors convey an excitatory current flow of Na+ into the muscle fiber, which results in a local depolarization of the muscle fiber at the NMJ that is known as the endplate potential (EPP). If the EPP is sufficiently large, voltage gated Na+ channels in the muscle fiber will activate and an action potential in the muscle fiber will ensue. This action potential then propagates from NMJ throughout the muscle fiber and triggers the Ca2+ release from the sarcoplasmic reticulum. The released Ca2+ activates the contractile proteins within the muscle fibers thus resulting in contraction of the fiber.
Failure in the neuromuscular transmission can arise from both pre-synaptic dysfunction (Lambert Eaton syndrome, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy) and as a result of post-synaptic dysfunction as occurs in myasthenia gravis. Failure to excite and/or propagate action potentials in muscle can also arise from reduced muscle excitability such as in critical illness myopathy (CIM). In Lambert Eaton syndrome, an autoimmune attack against the pre-synaptic P/Q-type Ca2+ channels results in markedly reduced Ca2+ influx into the nerve terminal during the pre-synaptic action potential and, consequently, a reduced release of ACh into the synaptic cleft. In myasthenia gravis the most common finding is an autoimmune attack on the post-synaptic membrane either against the nicotinic ACh receptors or the musk-receptor in the muscle fiber membrane. Congenital forms of myasthenia are also known. Common to disorders with neuromuscular transmission failure (Lambert Eaton syndrome, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy and myasthenia gravis) is that the current flow generated by ACh receptor activation is markedly reduced, and EPPs therefore become insufficient to trigger muscle fiber action potentials. Neuromuscular blocking agents also reduce EPP by antagonizing ACh receptors. In CIM with reduced muscle excitability, the EPP may be of normal amplitude but they are still insufficient to trigger muscle fiber action potentials because the membrane potential threshold for action potential excitation has become more depolarized because of loss-of-function of voltage gated Na+ channels in the muscle fibers.
While ACh release (Lambert Eaton, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy), ACh receptor function (myasthenia gravis, neuromuscular blockade) and function of voltage gated Na+ channels (CIM) are essential components in the synaptic transmission at NMJ, the magnitude of the EPP is also affected by inhibitory currents flowing in the NMJ region of muscle fibers. These currents tend to outbalance excitatory current through ACh receptors and, expectedly, they thereby tend to reduce EPP amplitude. The most important ion channel for carrying such inhibitory membrane currents in muscle fibers is the muscle-specific CIC-1 Cl− ion channel.
ACh esterase (AChE) inhibitors are traditionally used in the treatment of myasthenia gravis. This treatment leads to improvement in most patients but it is associated with side effects, some of which are serious. Because ACh is an import neurotransmitter in the autonomic nervous system, delaying it's breakdown can lead to gastric discomfort, diarrhea, salivation and muscle cramping. Overdosing is a serious concern as it can lead to muscle paralysis and respiratory failure, a situation commonly referred to as cholinergic crisis. Despite the serious side effects of AChE inhibitors, these drugs are today the treatment of choice for a number of disorders involving neuromuscular impairment. In patients where pyridostigmine (a parasympathomimetic and a reversible ACHE inhibitor) is insufficient, corticosteroid treatment (prednisone) and immunosuppressive treatment (azathioprine) is used. Plasma exchange can be used to obtain a fast but transient improvement.
Unfortunately, all of the currently employed myasthenia gravis drug regimens are associated with deleterious long-term consequences. In addition, the otherwise safe use of common drugs such as anti-infectives, cardiovascular drugs, anticholinergics, anticonvulsants, antirheumatics and others have been reported to worsen the symptoms of myasthenia gravis patients.
The CIC-1 ion channel is emerging as a target for potential drugs, although its potential has been largely unrealized.
SUMMARY
The present inventors have identified a group of compounds that alleviate neuromuscular junction disorders through inhibition of CIC-1 channels.
Thus, for the first time, it has been found that compounds that inhibit the CIC-1 ion channels are capable of restoring neuromuscular transmission, as evidenced by the data generated by investigation of the compound set in biological models described herein. These compounds thus constitute a new group of drugs that can be used to treat or ameliorate muscle weakness and muscle fatigue in neuromuscular junction disorders caused by disease or by neuromuscular blocking agents.
The present invention thus concerns the use of CIC-1 ion channel inhibitors in the treatment of a range of conditions, such as reversal of block, ALS and myasthenic conditions, in which muscle activation by the nervous system is compromised and symptoms of weakness and fatigue are prominent.
In one aspect the invention concerns a composition comprising a compound of Formula (II):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00001
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2;
      • X1, X2 and X3 are independently selected from the group consisting of CH and N;
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl;
        for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
In one aspect the invention concerns a method of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular disorder, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
In one aspect the invention concerns use of a composition as defined herein, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for reversing and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
In one aspect the invention concerns a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
In one aspect the invention concerns a method for recovery of neuromuscular transmission, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
In one aspect the invention concerns a composition as defined herein for use in recovery of neuromuscular transmission.
In one aspect the invention concerns use of a composition as defined herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the recovery of neuromuscular transmission.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00002
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is a 5-6 membered heterocycle or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof,
      for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In another aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00003
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is a 5 membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof, with the proviso that when R2 is 3-thienyl, R1 is H, n=0 and R5 is CH3 then R4 is not CH3.
In yet another aspect, the invention concerns a composition comprising a compound as defined herein.
DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
FIGS. 1A-1C: Experimental methods for compromising neuromuscular transmission and the approaches employed to selectively activate contractions either via stimulation of the motor nerve or by directly exciting the rat muscle fibers. Soleus muscles were stimulated to contract using three different methods: In FIG. 1A, the muscle was stimulated to contract either directly using field stimulation with pulses of 0.2 ms duration or indirectly through stimulation of the nerve using a suction electrode. In FIG. 1B and FIG. 1C, muscles were stimulated directly as described above or indirectly via the nerve using field stimulation with short pulses of 0.02 ms. Two different methods of compromising neuromuscular transmission were applied: In FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B, a sub-maximal concentration of tubocurarine (0.2 μM) was used to inhibit ACh receptors in the post-synaptic muscle fiber membrane. In FIG. 1C, neuromuscular transmission was reduced by elevating extracellular Mg2+ to 3.5 mM. In experiments were nerve-stimulation was conducted using a suction electrode, the electrical activity of the muscle could be recorded as M-waves (Inserts in FIG. 1A). The entire M-wave train is shown with the first and the last M-waves in the trains enlarged above.
FIGS. 2A-2B Effect of CIC-1 channel inhibition with 9-AC on nerve-stimulated force in rat soleus muscles exposed to tubocurarine or elevated extracellular Mg2+. Muscles were stimulated to contract by activation of the motor nerve using a suction electrode. During experiments, the muscles contracted every 10 min for 2 s in response to 60 Hz stimulation. FIG. 2A shows representative recordings of tetani from a soleus muscle from a 4-week-old animal that first contracted in control conditions, then during the pre-incubation with tubocurarine and, finally, in the presence of both tubocurarine and 9-AC. At the end of the experiment, tubocurarine was washed out to ensure full recovery of contractile force. M-wave recordings from the muscle have been included for the force responses indicated by i, ii and iii. The entire M-wave train is shown with the first and the last M-waves in the trains enlarged above. To depress any myotonia with the pronounced CIC-1 channel inhibition with 9-AC, 10 nM TTX was added together with tubocurarine. FIG. 2B shows representative recordings of tetani from a soleus muscle from a 4-week-old animal that first contracted in control conditions, then during the pre-incubation with 3.5 mM Mg2+ and, finally, at 3.5 mM Mg2+ in the presence of 9-AC. When returned to normal extracellular Mg2+ of 1.2 mM, full contractile force ensued. M-wave recordings from the muscle have been included for the force responses indicated by i, ii and iii as described in A.
FIGS. 3A-3B Example of recovery of nerve-stimulated force with a clofibric acid derivative, C8, in muscles exposed to 150 nM tubocurarine. The motor nerve was stimulated every 10 min for 2 s with 30 Hz with field stimulation using short duration pulses. FIG. 3A shows force recordings from two muscles with the traces being overlaid to illustrate the effect of C8 clearly. Traces are shown before addition tubocurarine, after 40 min with tubocurarine, and after 110 min tubocurarine. After 40 min with tubocurarine, 50 μM C8 was added to the muscle that is presented by black traces. FIG. 3B shows average observations from 5 muscles treated with C8 and 5 control muscles exposed to only tubocurarine. Dotted lines indicate the recovery of nerve-stimulated force in the muscles treated with C8 compared to their force production after 40 min with tubocurarine. This recovery of force was used in Table 1.
FIGS. 4A-4C. A three-electrode technique was used to determine the effect of clofibric acid derivatives on the resting membrane conductance, Gm. Three electrodes were inserted into the same muscle fiber enabling recordings of the membrane potential response to the injection of square current pulses at three inter-electrode distances (dist1<dist2<dist3). FIG. 4A shows the voltage responses at three inter-electrode distances in a control muscle fiber, and in a fiber exposed to 10 μM C8. FIG. 4B to determine Gm the steady state deflection of the membrane potential was measured at each of the three inter-electrode distances. The magnitude of these steady state deflections were next plotted against the inter-electrode distance, and the data was fitted to a two-parameter exponential function (lines). From these parameters the fiber length constant and input resistance were obtained enabling Gm to be calculated. FIG. 4C shows Gm at a range of C8 concentrations. By fitting a sigmoidal function to this data the concentration of C8 that reduced Gm by 50% was obtained and this has been presented in Table 2.
FIGS. 5A-5E. Effect of C8 and neostigmine on the tubocurarine concentration required to reduce nerve-stimulated force in soleus muscles. Muscles from 4-week-old rats were stimulated to contract by activating the motor nerve with short duration pulses in field stimulation. Muscles contracted every 10 min for 2 s in response to 30 Hz stimulation. Four different experimental conditions were used. Thus, muscles were initially incubated for 30 min in either i) control conditions, ii) with 50 μM C8, iii) in the presence of 10 nM neostigmine, or iv) with the combination of neostigmine and C8. After this pre-incubation, increasing concentrations of tubocurarine were added to the bath solutions with 60 min (corresponding to six contractions) between each increase in tubocurarine. FIG. 5A shows representative recordings of force at different concentrations of tubocurarine in a control muscle. FIG. 5B similar to FIG. 5A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with C8. FIG. 5C similar to FIG. 5A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with neostigmine. FIG. 5D similar to FIG. 5A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with the combination of C8 and neostigmine. The force integral (AUC) was determined at each tubocurarine concentration. Such AUC determinations were plotted against tubocurarine concentration for each muscle. FIG. 5E shows such plots of AUC for muscles in
FIG. 5A-FIG. 5D. The lines connecting the symbols are fits of the data to a sigmoidal function from which the tubocurarine concentration that was required to reduce AUC to 50% could be obtained (Tub50). The averages of Tub50 in the four groups of muscles are given in Table 3.
FIGS. 6A-6E. Effect of a C8 and 3,4-AP on the extracellular Mg2+ concentration required to reduce nerve-stimulated force in soleus muscles. Muscles from 4-week-old rats were stimulated to contract by activating the motor nerve with short duration pulses in field stimulation. Muscles contracted every 10 min for 2 s in response to 30 Hz stimulation. Four different experimental conditions were used. Thus, muscles were initially incubated for 30 min in either i) control conditions, ii) with 50 μM C8, iii) in the presence of 10 μM 3,4-AP, or iv) with the combination of 3,4-AP and C8. After this pre-incubation, the extracellular Mg2+ was progressively increased in the bath solutions every 60 min resulting in six contractions between each increase in extracellular Mg2+.
FIG. 6A shows representative recordings of force at different concentrations of Mg2+ in a control muscle. FIG. 6B similar to FIG. 6A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with C8. FIG. 6C similar to FIG. 6A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with 3,4-AP. FIG. 6B similar to FIG. 6A but this muscle had been pre-incubated with the combination of C8 and 3,4-AP. The force integral (AUC) was determined at each extracellular Mg2+ concentration. AUC was plotted against Mg2+ concentration and the data was fitted to a sigmoidal function. This provided the extracellular Mg2+ concentration that was required to reduce the nerve-stimulated force to 50% (Mg50) under the four different conditions (see Table 4).
FIGS. 7A-7B. Effects of C8 on EPP amplitude in rat soleus muscle. Intracellular electrodes were inserted near visible nerve branches in the muscle. The solution contained 1 μM μ-conotoxin GiiiB to block NaV1.4. Under these conditions nerve-stimulation only resulted in EPP formation in the fibers and it did not trigger muscle fiber action potentials. FIG. 7A shows representative EPPs under control conditions and with two concentrations of C8. FIG. 7B shows average EPP amplitudes in the fibers. *Indicates significantly different from control as evaluated using a student t-test.
FIGS. 8A-8B. Effects of C8 on contractile force in human muscles depressed by elevated extracellular K+ and low dose of TTX. FIG. 8A shows effect of adding 150 μM C8 on force in a muscle at elevated K+ and with TTX. FIG. 8B shows the average force at elevated K+ in the presence or absence of C8. *Indicates significant different as evaluated using a one-tailed student t-test.
FIGS. 9A-9D. Effects of I.P. C8 injection (20 mg/kg) on running performance of rats after I.P. injection of tubocurarine (0.13 mg/kg). FIG. 9A illustrates the design of the experiments. Prior to Day One the animals had been familiarized to the rotarod in three training sessions distributed over two days. FIG. 9B shows the distance covered by the rats on the two days 21-26 mins after injection of tubocurarine. FIG. 9C shows the increase in performance on Day Two when compared to performance on Day One. FIG. 9D shows the number of animals that on Day Two had an increased performance of more than 100% compared to performance on Day One.
FIG. 10. Effects of C8 on running performance after inducing passive myasthenia gravis in rats using MAB35 monoclonal antibody. Prior to I.P. injection of MAB35 the animals had been familiarized to the rotarod over three training sessions distributed over two days. After I.P. injection of MAB35 the running performance of the animals was monitored regularly and if a stable reduction in performance developed, the animals were given either sham, 20 mg/kg C8 or 30 mg/kg C8. After this treatment performance was monitored every second hour. *Indicates significant different as evaluated using student t-test.
FIGS. 11A-11C. FIG. 11A shows a schematic representation of the positioning of the three microelectrodes (V1, V2 and V3) when inserted in a single skeletal muscle fibre for Gm determination. Please note that the drawing illustrates only the impaled fibre although it is part of an intact muscle that contains many such fibres. All electrodes recorded the membrane potential of the fibre and the two peripheral electrodes were used to inject current (−30 nA, 50 ms). The electrodes were inserted with known inter-electrode distances (X1, X2 and X3). After insertion, current was passed first via the V1 electrode and then via the V3 electrode. The resulting deflections in the membrane voltage were measured by the other electrodes. The steady state deflections in membrane potential were measured and divided by the magnitude of the injected current (−30 nA) to obtain transfer resistances. These were next plotted against inter-electrode distances, and fitted to an exponential function (FIG. 11B), from which Gm could be calculated using linear cable theory. The approach described in FIGS. 11A and 11B, was repeated for several muscle fibres in the muscle during exposure at increasing concentrations of compound A-19, with approx. 10 fibres at each concentration. Average Gm at each concentration was plotted as a function of compound concentration in FIG. 11C, and fitted to a 4-parameter sigmoidal function from which the EC50 value for the compound was obtained (dashed line)
FIGS. 12A-12B. FIG. 12A shows representative force traces before and after exposure to compound A-22. Force traces from a representative muscle stimulated to contract in 1) control condition before addition of neuromuscular blocking agent, 2) the force response to stimulation after 90 minutes incubation with Tubocurarine. Here the muscle displays severe neuromuscular transmission impediment, and 3) The muscle force response after addition of 50 μM compound A-22. FIG. 12B shows average force (AUC) from 3 muscles relative to their initial force. The traces presented in FIG. 12A (1, 2, 3), correspond to the dotted lines in FIG. 12B, respectively. Thus, force is lost due to 90 min incubation in tubocurarine and is subsequently recovered when compound A-19 is added.
 DETAILED DESCRIPTION Definitions
The term “halogen” means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo. “Halo” means halogen.
The terms “C1-3 alkyl” and “C1-5-alkyl” refers to a branched or unbranched alkyl group having from one to three or one to five carbon atoms respectively, including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, prop-1-yl, prop-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-yl, 2-methyl-prop-2-yl, 2,2-dimethyl-prop-1-yl, but-1-yl, but-2-yl, 3-methyl-but-1-yl, 3-methyl-but-2-yl, pent-1-yl, pent-2-yl and pent-3-yl.
The term “C1-5-alkenyl” refers to a branched or unbranched alkenyl group having from one to five carbon atoms, two of which are connected by a double bond, including but not limited to ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl and isopentenyl.
The term “C1-5-alkynyl” to a branched or unbranched alkynyl group having from one to five carbon atoms, two of which are connected by a triple bond, including but not limited to ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl and pentynyl.
The term “—C(═O)—” refers to a carbonyl group and is used herein followed by a specification of the group connected thereto, such as for example the term “—C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl” which refers to a carbonyl group connected to a branched or unbranched alkyl group having from one to five carbon atoms, including but not limited to a carbonyl group connected to methyl, ethyl, prop-1-yl, prop-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-yl, 2-methyl-prop-2-yl, 2,2-dimethyl-prop-1-yl, but-1-yl, but-2-yl, 3-methyl-but-1-yl, 3-methyl-but-2-yl, pent-1-yl, pent-2-yl or pent-3-yl.
The term “C3-5-cycloalkyl” refers to a group having three to five carbon atoms including a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocycle, including but not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl and cyclobutylmethyl.
The term “C5-cycloalkenyl” refers to a group having five carbon atoms including a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocycle wherein two carbon atoms in the ring are connected by a double bond, including but not limited to cyclobutenylmethyl.
The term “5-6 membered heterocycle” refers to a group having five to six carbon atoms wherein between 1 and 3 carbon atoms in the ring have been replaced with a heteroatom selected from the group comprising nitrogen, sulphur and oxygen. Binding to the heterocycle may be at the position of the heteroatom or via a carbon atom of the heterocycle.
5-membered heterocycles include but are not limited to furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, dihydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, 3-pyrroline, 2-pyrroline, 2-imidazoline, 2-pyrazolidine, dihydro-oxazole, dihydro-thiazole, dihydro-isoxazole, dihydro-isothiazole, dihydro-1,2,3-triazole, dihydro-1,2,4-triazole, dihydro-1,2,5-oxadiazole, dihydro-1,2,3-oxadiazole, dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazole, dihydro-1,3,4-oxadiazole, dihydro-1,2,5-thiadiazole, dihydro-1,2,4-thiadiazole, dihydro-1,2,3-thiadiazole, dihydro-1,3,4-thiadiazole, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, oxazolidine, thiazolidine, isoxazolidine, isothiazolidine, 1,2,3-triazolidine, 1,2,4-triazolidine, 1,2,5-oxadiazolidine, 1,2,3-oxadiazolidine, 1,3,4-oxadiazolidine, 1,2,5-thiadiazolidine, 1,2,3-thiadiazolidine, 1,3,4-thiadiazolidine, 1,2-oxathiolane, 1,3-oxathiolane, 2-oxazolidinone and 2-pyrrolidinone.
6-membered heterocycles include but are not limited to pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrahydropyran, thiane, piperidine, 1, 4-dioxane, morpholine, 1,4-oxathiane, 1,4-diathiane and piperazine.
The term “8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle” refers to a group having eight to ten heavy atoms in which two ring systems have been fused together, wherein between 1 and 3 carbon atoms in the ring have been replaced with a heteroatom selected from the group comprising nitrogen, sulphur and oxygen. Binding to the heterocycle may be at the position of the heteroatom or via a carbon atom of the heterocycle.
Examples of 8-membered bicyclic heterocycles include but are not limited to tetrahydro-4H-cyclopent[d]isoxazole, hexahydro-1H-pyrrolizine, 1,4-dihydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole, 1,6-dihydropyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrrole, 6H-furo[2,3-b]pyrrole, 4H-furo[3,2-b]pyrrole, 6H-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole and 4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole.
Examples of 9-membered bicyclic heterocycles include but are not limited to benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, benzimidazole, indazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, 1,2-benzisoxazole, 1,2-benzisothiazole, benzotriazole, pyrrolopyridine, pyrazolopyridine and imidazopyridine.
Examples of 10-membered bicyclic heterocycles include but are not limited to quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, phthalazine and naphthyridine.
The term “C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl” means C1-8-alkyl, C2-8-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl; wherein:
    • The term “C1-8-alkyl” refers to a branched or unbranched alkyl group having from one to eight carbon atoms, including but not limited to methyl, ethyl, prop-1-yl, prop-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-yl, 2-methyl-prop-2-yl, 2,2-dimethyl-prop-1-yl, but-1-yl, but-2-yl, 3-methyl-but-1-yl, 3-methyl-but-2-yl, pent-1-yl, pent-2-yl, pent-3-yl, hex-1-yl, hex-2-yl, hex-3-yl, 2-methyl-4,4-dimethyl-pent-1-yl and hept-1-yl;
    • The term “C2-8-alkenyl” refers to a branched or unbranched alkenyl group having from two to eight carbon atoms and one double bond, including but not limited to ethenyl, propenyl, and butenyl; and
    • The term “C2-8-alkynyl” refers to a branched or unbranched alkynyl group having from two to eight carbon atoms and one triple bond, including but not limited to ethynyl, propynyl and butynyl.
The term “C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl” means C3-6-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkenyl, wherein:
    • The term “C3-6-cycloalkyl” refers to a group having three to six carbon atoms including a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocycle, including but not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropylmethyl and cyclohexyl;
      • The term “C3-6-cycloalkenyl” refers to a group having three to six carbon atoms including a monocyclic or bicyclic carbocycle having three to six carbon atoms and at least one double bond, including but not limited to cyclobutenylmethyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl.
The term “half-life” as used herein is the time it takes for the compound to lose one-half of its pharmacologic activity. The term “plasma half-life” is the time that it takes the compound to lose one-half of its pharmacologic activity in the blood plasma.
The term “treatment” refers to the combating of a disease or disorder. “Treatment” or “treating,” as used herein, includes any desirable effect on the symptoms or pathology of a disease or condition as described herein, and may include even minimal changes or improvements in one or more measurable markers of the disease or condition being treated. “Treatment” or “treating” does not necessarily indicate complete eradication or cure of the disease or condition, or associated symptoms thereof.
The term “amelioration” refers to moderation in the severity of the symptoms of a disease or condition. Improvement in a patient's condition, or the activity of making an effort to correct, or at least make more acceptable, conditions that are difficult to endure related to patient's conditions is considered “ameliorative” treatment.
The term “prevent” or “preventing” refers to precluding, averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something from happening, especially by advance action.
The term “reversal” or “reversing” refers to the ability of a compound to restore nerve-stimulated force in skeletal muscle exposed either ex vivo or in vivo to a non-depolarizing neuromuscular blocking agent or another pharmaceutical that is able to depress neuromuscular transmission
The term “ester hydrolysing reagent” refers to a chemical reagent which is capable of converting an ester functional group to a carboxylic acid with elimination of the alcohol moiety of the original ester, including but not limited to acid, base, a fluoride source, PBr3, PCl3 and lipase enzymes.
The term “non-depolarizing blockers” refers to pharmaceutical agents that antagonize the activation of acetylcholine receptors at the post-synaptic muscle fibre membrane by blocking the acetylcholine binding site on the receptor. These agents are used to block neuromuscular transmission and induce muscle paralysis in connection with surgery.
The term “recovery of force in muscle with neuromuscular dysfunction” refers to the ability of a compound to recover contractile force in nerve-stimulated healthy rat muscle after exposure to submaximal concentration of (115 nM) tubocurarine for 90 mins. Recovery of force is quantified as the percentage of the force prior to tubocurarine that is recovered by the compound.
The term “total membrane conductance (Gm)” is the electrophysiological measure of the ability of ions to cross the muscle fibre surface membrane. It reflects the function of ion channels that are active in resting muscle fibres of which CIC-1 is known to contribute around 80% in most animal species.
Composition
It is within the scope of the present invention to provide a composition for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing neuromuscular disorders characterized in that the neuromuscular function is reduced. As disclosed herein, inhibition of CIC-1 surprisingly improves or restores neuromuscular function. The compositions of the present invention comprise compounds capable of inhibiting the CIC-1 channel thereby improving or restoring neuromuscular function.
In one aspect, the invention relates to a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00004
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • wherein
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl
    • for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder.
In one embodiment A is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. A may for example be a monocyclic ring comprising 5 to 6 carbon atoms or a bicyclic ring comprising 8 to 10 C-atoms. In one embodiment A is five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring. A can also be a five-membered or six-membered heteroaromatic ring. In a preferred embodiment A is phenyl or naphthyl.
The heteroaromatic ring may for example comprise S, O or N atoms. In one embodiment A is a five or six-membered aromatic ring comprising at least one N. In one embodiment A is a five-membered heteroaromatic ring comprising an S and four C atoms. In another embodiment A is a five-membered heteroaromatic ring comprising an O and four C atoms.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00005
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is a 5-6 membered heterocycle or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof, with the proviso that when R2 is 3-thienyl, R1 is H, n=0 and R5 is CH3 then R4 is not CH3.
In one aspect, the invention relates to a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I.3.4), wherein:
    • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
    • R2 is a 5-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
    • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
    • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
    • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof, with the proviso that when R2 is 3-thienyl, R1 is H, n=0 and R5 is CH3 then R4 is not CH3.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00006
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is a 6-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00007
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is an 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a composition comprising a compound of Formula (II):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00008
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
    • Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2;
    • X1, X2 and X3 are selected from the group consisting of, CH and N;
    • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
    • R4 is as defined in embodiment 1 below;
    • m is as defined in embodiment 1 below;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder.
      Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2. Thus Y may be O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S or SO2. In one preferred embodiment Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, CH2, S, and SO2. In a particular embodiment Y is O.
      X1, X2 and X3 are selected from the group consisting of, CH and N. In one embodiment X1 is N, X2 is N or X3 is N. In another preferred embodiment X1 is N. In particular embodiment X2 is N.
      R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo, wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
In one embodiment R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl. In an embodiment thereof R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alk(en)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl or from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alkyl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl. In one embodiment R4 is selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4-alkyl.
In another embodiment R4 is selected from the group consisting of NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10 or O—R11, wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl. R9, R10 and R11 may for example be independently selected from H and C1-4-alkyl or from the group consisting of H and C1-3-alkyl. In one embodiment R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H and —CH3.
In another embodiment R4 is selected from the group consisting of cyano, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo. In one embodiment R4 is selected from the group consisting of Cl, Br, I or F. In one embodiment R4 is selected from the group consisting of Cl and Br.
R4 can be located in either ortho- meta or para-position with respect to Y. m can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. In one embodiment m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, such as 0, 1, 2 or 3 or such as 0, 1 or 2. In another embodiment m is 0 or 1.
In one embodiment R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9, wherein
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; and
    • R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl.
In one embodiment R3 and/or R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl. In another embodiment R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alkyl and C3-7-cycloalkyl. In yet another embodiment R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alkyl, such as from the group consisting of H and C1-4-alkyl. In another embodiment R3 is selected from the group consisting of H and CH3.
In another embodiment R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl. C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo.
R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl It is appreciated that R1 is different from R2.
In a preferred embodiment R1 is selected from the group consisting of H and —CH3. In a more preferred embodiment R1 is H.
In one embodiment R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl. C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl.
In another embodiment R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alk(en)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to two substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl.
In yet another embodiment R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl and amino-C1-4-alkyl, wherein said C1-4-alkyl and C3-6-cycloalkyl may be substituted with O—R11, wherein R11 is as defined above. In a specific embodiment R11 is —CH3.
In one embodiment R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and CH3. In a preferred embodiment R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alkyl and C3-7-cycloalkyl. For example, R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alkyl and C3-5-cycloalkyl. In a further preferred embodiment R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alkyl. In a particular embodiment, R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3, —CH(CH3)2 and cyclopropyl. In an embodiment thereof R1 is H and R2 is —CH(CH3)2.
In a specific embodiment R2 is —CH(CH3)CH2—O—CH3. In particular, R1 is H and R2 is —CH(CH3)CH2—O—CH3.
In a preferred embodiment the compound is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R2 is bound.
R1 and R2 are in one embodiment linked to form a C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl. In one particular embodiment R1 and R2 are linked to form a C3-5-cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C3-5-cycloalk(en)yl. In another embodiment R1 and R2 are linked to form a C3-4-cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C3-4-cycloalk(en)yl. In a preferred embodiment R1 and R2 are linked to form a cyclopropyl or a halo-cyclopropyl. In a more preferred embodiment R1 and R2 are linked to form a cyclopropyl.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a composition comprising a compound of Formula (II.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00009
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In a particular embodiment R1 is H and R2 is —CH(CH3)2 and wherein said compound is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R2 is bound as shown in formula
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00010
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein, m, Y, X1, X2 and X3 and R4 are as defined above. For example X1 is N, X2 is N or X3 is N. In another embodiment X1, X2 and X3 is C. R4 may for example be selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, —CHO, C1-4-alk(en)yl, halo-C1-4-alk(en)yl, —O—C1-4-alk(en)yl
In a preferred embodiment m is 0, 1 or 2. In one embodiment m is 0 or 1. For example m is 1.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (III.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00011
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (IV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00012
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein A, R2 and R4 are as defined above. In one embodiment R2 is C1-6-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl. For example A is a monocyclic ring such as a phenyl. It is preferred that R4 is in ortho- or meta position.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00013
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
Thus, in an embodiment thereof, the compound of Formula (IV) is further defined by Formula (V):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00014
wherein R2 and R4 are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (V.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00015
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens; F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment thereof, the compound of Formula (V) is further defined by Formula (VI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00016
wherein R4 is as defined above. It is preferred the R4 is in ortho- or meta position.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VI.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00017
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In another embodiment of the present invention the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (VII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00018
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein m is 2 and X1, X2, Y, R2 and R4 are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00019
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
      • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment thereof Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (VIII)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00020
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein m, X2, Y, R2 and R4 are as defined above. For example, in a preferred embodiment Y is O. Further, it is preferred that R2 is selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4-alkyl. R4 is in one embodiment selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3 and halogen.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VIII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00021
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In a specific embodiment the compound of Formula (VIII) is further defined by Formula (IX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00022
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IX.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00023
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0 or 1; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment of the present invention the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (X):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00024
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH(CH3)CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—CH3, —CH2—NH2, —CH2—CHF2, —CH2—CF3, —CH2—NH—CO—CH3 and —CH2—NH—SO2—CH3 and cyclopropyl, and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I. In a preferred embodiment R2 is —CH3 or —CH(CH3)2; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I. In particular, R2 is —CH(CH3)2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (X.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00025
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XI.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00026
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00027
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00028
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00029
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00030
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0 or 1; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In specific embodiments Formula (VII) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XI) to (XXVI II):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00031
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00032
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00033
In another embodiment of the present invention the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXIX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00034
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I. In a preferred embodiment R2 is —CH3 or —CH(CH3)2; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I. In another preferred embodiment R2 is —CH3 or —CH(CH3)2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl and F. It is further preferred that the compound of Formula (X) is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R2 is bound. This embodiment is exemplified by Formulas (XXIII) and (XXIV), where R2 is —CH3 and R4 is Cl or Br.
Thus, in one embodiment the compound of Formula (XXIX) is further defined by Formula (XXX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00035
In another specific embodiment the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00036
In one embodiment of the present invention Y is SO2. In particular, the compound of Formula (VII) can be further defined by Formula (XXXII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00037
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I. In a preferred embodiment R2 is —CH3 or —CH(CH3)2; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I. In another preferred embodiment R2 is —CH3 or —CH(CH3)2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl and F.
In a specific embodiment the compound of Formula (XXXII) is defined by Formula (XXXIII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00038
As mentioned above, in one embodiment of the present A can be a naphthyl. In one embodiment Y is O. Thus, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (XXXIV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00039
or a salt or tautomer thereof;
wherein R2 and X1 are as defined above; and R4 and R′4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, hydroxy, —CHO, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, halo-C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, O—C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl. In a preferred embodiment R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2. Preferably R2 is CH3 or —CH(CH3)2. It is preferred that R4 and R′4 are individually selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I. In another preferred embodiment R4 and/or R′4 are H. It is further preferred that X1 is N or C.
In a particular embodiment R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2; X1 is N or C; and R4 and R′4 are individually selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I. In a particular embodiment Formula (XXXIV) is further defined by Formula (XXXV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00040
In specific embodiments of the present invention the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XXXVI) to (LIX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00041
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00042
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00043
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00044
In a specific embodiment, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00045
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00046
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00047
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00048
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00049
Compounds
In one aspect, the invention relates to the use of the following compounds in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder. In one aspect, the invention relates to the use of the following compounds in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
Another aspect of the present invention relates to a compound of Formula (I):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00050
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • wherein
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
    • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl
In one embodiment thereof, A is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. For example, A can be a five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring. In one embodiment A is phenyl, or naphthyl.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00051
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is a 5-6 membered heterocycle or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
      • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof, with the proviso that when R2 is 3-thienyl, R1 is H, n=0 and R5 is CH3 then R4 is not CH3
In one aspect, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I.3.4), wherein:
    • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
    • R2 is a 5-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
    • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
    • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
    • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof, with the proviso that when R2 is 3-thienyl, R1 is H, n=0 and R5 is CH3 then R4 is not CH3.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00052
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is a 6-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00053
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is an 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In another embodiment of the present invention, the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (II):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00054
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
      • Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2;
      • X1, X2 and X3 are selected from the group consisting of, CH and N;
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R4 is as defined in embodiment 1 below;
      • m is as defined in embodiment 1 below;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
    • R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl; for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder.
In a preferred embodiment R1 is selected from the group consisting of H and —CH3. In a particular embodiment R1 is H.
Thus, in one embodiment R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alk(en)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to two substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl Thus, in another embodiment R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl and amino-C1-4-alkyl, wherein said C1-4-alkyl and C3-6-cycloalkyl may be substituted with O—R11, wherein R11 is as defined above. In one embodiment R11 is —CH3. In another embodiment R2 is —CH(CH3)CH2—O—CH3.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alkyl and C3-7-cycloalkyl. For example, R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3, —CH(CH3)2 and cyclopropyl. In a particular embodiment, R1 is H and R2 is —CH(CH3)2.
It is preferred that R1 is different from R2.
It is appreciated that the compound as defined herein is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R2 is bound.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (II.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00055
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
        or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment thereof, R1 is H and R2 is C1-6-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl and wherein said compound is the S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R2 is bound as shown in Formula (III):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00056
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein, Y, X1, X2 and X3 and R4 are as defined above.
In one preferred embodiment of the invention, R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, —CHO, C1-4-alk(en)yl, halo-C1-4-alk(en)yl, —O—C1-4-alk(en)yl.
In one embodiment m is 0, 1 or 2. For example m is 1.
In one embodiment of the invention X1 is N, X2 is N or X3 is N. In another embodiment X1, X2 and X3 is C.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (III.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00057
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
        or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
The compound may in one embodiment be defined by Formula (I), which is further defined by Formula (IV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00058
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein A, R2 and R4 are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00059
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
Also, the compound of Formula (IV) can be further defined by Formula (V):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00060
wherein R2 and R4 are as defined above. It is preferred that R2 is C1-6-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (V.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00061
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment thereof, the compound of Formula (V) is further defined by Formula (VI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00062
wherein R4 is as defined above. Preferably, R4 is in ortho- or meta position.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VI.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00063
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment of the present invention the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (VII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00064
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein m is 2 and X1, X2, Y, R2 and R4 are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00065
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In an embodiment thereof, the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (VIII)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00066
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein m, X2, Y, R2 and R4 are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VIII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00067
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one preferred embodiment Y is O. It is further preferred that R2 is selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4-alkyl. Preferably, R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3 and halogen. Thus, in one embodiment the compound is further defined by Formula (IX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00068
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IX.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00069
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0 or 1; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (X):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00070
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH(CH3)CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—CH3, —CH2—NH2, —CH2—CHF2, —CH2—CF3, —CH2—NH—CO—CH3 and —CH2—NH—SO2—CH3 and cyclopropyl, and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (X.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00071
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XI.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00072
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00073
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00074
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
      • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00075
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00076
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0 or 1; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
In specific embodiments, the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XI) to (XXVIII) as defined herein.
Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a compound of Formula (VII) that is further defined by Formula (XXIX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00077
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
In particular, the compound of Formula (XXIX) is further defined by Formula (XXX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00078
In one embodiment, the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00079
Also, the compound of Formula (VII) can be further defined by Formula (XXXII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00080
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
Preferably, the compound of Formula (XXXII) is further defined by Formula (XXXIII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00081
In another embodiment of the present invention the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (XXXIV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00082
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2; X1 is N or C; and R4 and R′4 are individually selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
In particular, Formula (XXXIV) can be further defined by Formula (XXXV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00083
In specific embodiments of the present invention, the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XXXVI) to (LIX) and compounds A-1 to A-29.
In one embodiment, the compound or the compound for use according to the present invention has been modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
In one embodiment, the compound or the compound for use according to the present invention further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound. In one embodiment, said moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
In one embodiment, the moiety conjugated to the compound or compound for use according to the present invention, is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments
Neuromuscular Disorders
The compositions and compounds of the present invention are used for treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, or reversing neuromuscular blockade caused by non-depolarizing neuromuscular blocker or antibiotic agent.
The inventors of the present invention have shown that inhibition of CIC-1 channels recovers neuromuscular transmission. CIC-1 function may therefore contribute to muscle weakness in conditions of compromised neuromuscular transmission.
Thus, in one embodiment of the present invention, the composition for use as described herein inhibits CIC-1 channels. Thus, it is appreciated that compounds of Formula (I) inhibit CIC-1 channels.
The neuromuscular disorder may also include neuromuscular dysfunctions.
Neuromuscular disorders include for example disorders with symptoms of muscle weakness and fatigue. Such disorders may include conditions with reduced neuromuscular transmission safety factor. In one embodiment the neuromuscular disorders are motor neuron disorders. Motor neuron disorders are disorders with reduced safety in the neuromuscular transmission. In one embodiment motor neuron disorders are selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), X-linked spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy, Kennedy's disorder, multifocal motor neuropathy, Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis and post-polio syndrome.
Thus, in one preferred embodiment of the present invention the neuromuscular disorder is ALS. In another preferred embodiment the neuromuscular disorder is SMA. In another preferred embodiment the neuromuscular disorder is Charcot-Marie tooth disease (CMT). In another preferred embodiment the neuromuscular disorder is sarcopenia. In yet another preferred embodiment, the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy (CIM).
As stated above the neuromuscular disorders include for example disorders with symptoms of muscle weakness and fatigue. Such disorder may for example include diabetes.
In one embodiment the composition of the present invention is used to prevent neuromuscular disorder. The composition may for example be used prophylactically against nerve gas that is known to cause symptoms of muscle weakness and fatigue.
In another embodiment the neuromuscular disorders is chronic fatigue syndrome. Chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS) is the common name for a medical condition characterized by debilitating symptoms, including fatigue that lasts for a minimum of six months in adults. CFS may also be referred to as systemic exertion intolerance disorder (SEID), myalgic encephalomyelitis (ME), post-viral fatigue syndrome (PVFS), chronic fatigue immune dysfunction syndrome (CFIDS), or by several other terms. Symptoms of CFS include malaise after exertion; unrefreshing sleep, widespread muscle and joint pain, physical exhaustion, and muscle weakness.
In a further embodiment the neuromuscular disorder is a critical illness polyneuropathy or CIM. Critical illness polyneuropathy and CIM are overlapping syndromes of widespread muscle weakness and neurological dysfunction developing in critically ill patients.
The neuromuscular disorder may also include metabolic myopathy and mitochondrial myopathy. Metabolic myopathies result from defects in biochemical metabolism that primarily affects muscle. These may include glycogen storage disorders, lipid storage disorder and 3-phosphocreatine stores disorder. Mitochondrial myopathy is a type of myopathy associated with mitochondrial disorder. Symptoms of mitochondrial myopathies include muscular and neurological problems such as muscle weakness, exercise intolerance, hearing loss and trouble with balance and coordination.
In a preferred embodiment the neuromuscular disorder is a myasthenic condition. Myasthenic conditions are characterized by muscle weakness and neuromuscular transmission failure. Congenital myasthenia gravis is an inherited neuromuscular disorder caused by defects of several types at the neuromuscular junction. Myasthenia gravis3 and Lambert-Eaton syndrome are also examples of myasthenic condition. Myasthenia gravis is either an autoimmune or congenital neuromuscular disorder that leads to fluctuating muscle weakness and fatigue. In the most common cases, muscle weakness is caused by circulating antibodies that block ACh receptors at the postsynaptic neuromuscular junction, inhibiting the excitatory effects of the neurotransmitter ACh on nicotinic Ach-receptors at neuromuscular junctions. Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome (also known as LEMS, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, or Eaton-Lambert syndrome) is a rare autoimmune disorder that is characterized by muscle weakness of the limbs. It is the result of an autoimmune reaction in which antibodies are formed against presynaptic voltage-gated calcium channels, and likely other nerve terminal proteins, in the neuromuscular junction.
Thus, in one preferred embodiment of the present invention the neuromuscular disorder is myasthenia gravis. In another preferred embodiment the neuromuscular disorder is Lambert-Eaton syndrome.
Neuromuscular blockade is used in connection with surgery under general anaesthesia. Reversing agents are used for more rapid and safer recovery of muscle function after such blockade. Complications with excessive muscle weakness after blockade during surgery can result in delayed weaning from mechanical ventilation and respiratory complications after the surgery. Since such complications have pronounced effects on outcome of the surgery and future quality of life of patients, there is a need for improved reversing agents. Thus, in a preferred embodiment the neuromuscular disorder is muscle weakness caused by neuromuscular blockade after surgery. In another preferred embodiment of the present invention the composition is used for reversing and/or ameliorating neuromuscular blockade after surgery. Thus, one aspect of the present invention relates to a composition comprising a compound of Formula
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00084
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • wherein
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl
    • for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00085
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is a 5-6 membered heterocycle or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one aspect, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I.3.4), wherein:
    • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
    • R2 is a 5-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
    • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
    • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
    • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00086
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is a 6-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
      • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one aspect, the invention concerns a compound of Formula (I):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00087
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is an 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (II.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00088
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (III.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00089
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00090
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (V.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00091
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VI.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00092
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00093
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (VIII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00094
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (IX.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00095
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0 or 1; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (X.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00096
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XI.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00097
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00098
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00099
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00100
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (XIV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00101
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0 or 1; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof for use in for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade.
In one embodiment, the compound for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00102
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00103
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00104
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00105
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00106
In one embodiment, the compound or the compound for use according to the present invention has been modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
In one embodiment, the compound or the compound for use according to the present invention further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound. In one embodiment, said moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
In one embodiment, the moiety conjugated to the compound or compound for use according to the present invention, is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined in any one of the embodiments herein below to a person in need thereof.
In yet another aspect, the present invention relates to use of a composition as defined herein, for the manufacture of a medicament for reversing and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
Combination Therapy
The composition of the present invention may comprise further active ingredients/agents or other components to increase the efficiency of the composition.
Thus, in one embodiment the composition further comprises at least one further active agent. It is appreciated that the active agent is suitable for treating, preventing or ameliorating said neuromuscular disorder.
The active agent is in a preferred embodiment an acetylcholine esterase inhibitor. Said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor may for example be selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galantamine, caffeine—noncompetitive, piperidines, donepezil, tacrine, edrophonium, huperzine, ladostigil, ungeremine and lactucopicrin.
Preferably the acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of neostigmine, physostigmine and pyridostigmine. It is preferred that the acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
The active agent may also be an immunosuppressive drug. limmunosuppressive drugs are drugs that suppress or reduce the strength of the body's immune system. They are also known as anti-rejection drugs. Immunosuppressive drugs include but are not limited to glucocorticoids, corticosteroids, cytostatics, antibodies and drugs acting on immunophilins. In one embodiment the active agent is prednisone.
The active agent may also be an agent that is used in anti-myotonic treatment. Such agents include for example blockers of voltage gated Na+ channels, and aminoglycosides.
The active agent may also be an agent for reversing a neuromuscular blockade after surgery. Such agents include for example neostigmine or suggammadex.
The active agent may also be an agent for increasing the Ca2+ sensitivity of the contractile filaments in muscle. Such agent includes tirasemtiv.
The active agent may also be an agent for increasing ACh release by blocking voltage gated K+ channels in the pre-synaptic terminal. Such agent includes 3,4-aminopyridine. As illustrated in example 4, combination therapy using C8 and 3,4-diaminopyridine resulted in an unexpected synergistic effect on recovery of neuromuscular transmission.
Pharmaceutical Formulations
In one embodiment, a composition comprising the compound or the compound for use, according to the present invention, is provided. The composition according to the present invention is used for treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade. Thus, it is preferred that the compositions and compounds described herein are pharmaceutically acceptable. In one embodiment the composition as described herein is in the form of a pharmaceutical formulation. In one embodiment, the composition as described herein further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Accordingly, the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical formulation, which comprises a compound as disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof, as herein defined, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Thus, in one embodiment the composition of the present invention further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared by conventional techniques, e.g. as described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 2005, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.
The pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules. A solid carrier can be one or more excipients which may also act as diluents, flavoring agents, solubilizers, lubricants, suspending agents, binders, preservatives, wetting agents, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. These preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
The compositions of the present invention may be formulated for parenteral administration and may be presented in unit dose form in ampoules, pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion or in multi-dose containers, optionally with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, for example solutions in aqueous polyethylene glycol. Examples of oily or non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils (e.g., olive oil), and injectable organic esters (e.g., ethyl oleate), and may contain agents such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying or suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilisation from solution for constitution before use with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile, pyrogen-free water.
In a preferred embodiment the compositions of the present invention is formulated for oral administration. Oral administration forms include solid form preparations including powders, tablets, drops, capsules, cachets, lozenges, and dispersible granules. Other forms suitable for oral administration may include liquid form preparations including emulsions, syrups, elixirs, aqueous solutions, aqueous suspensions, toothpaste, gel dentrifrice, chewing gum, or solid form preparations which are intended to be converted shortly before use to liquid form preparations, such as solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid which is a mixture with the finely divided active component.
In a preferred embodiment the composition as described herein is formulated in a tablet or capsule. In tablets, the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding capacity in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired. Suitable carriers are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like.
Drops according to the present invention may comprise sterile or non-sterile aqueous or oil solutions or suspensions, and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution, optionally including a bactericidal and/or fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservative, and optionally including a surface active agent. Suitable solvents for the preparation of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol.
Emulsions may be prepared in solutions in aqueous propylene glycol solutions or may contain emulsifying agents such as lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or acacia. Aqueous solutions can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizing and thickening agents. Aqueous suspensions can be prepared by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well-known suspending agents.
The compositions of the present invention may also be formulated in a wide variety of formulations for parenteral administration.
For injections and infusions the formulations may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, for example solutions in aqueous polyethylene glycol. Alternatively, the composition may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilisation from solution for constitution before use with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile, pyrogen-free water. The formulations can be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, such as ampoules, vials, pre-filled syringes, infusion bags, or can be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid excipient, for example, water, for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions can be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
Examples of oily or non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils, and injectable organic esters, and may contain formulatory agents such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying or suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
The formulations for injection will typically contain from about 0.5 to about 25% by weight of the active ingredient in solution.
Topical Delivery
The compounds may also be administered topically. Regions for topical administration include the skin surface and also mucous membrane tissues of the vagina, rectum, nose, mouth, and throat.
The topical composition will typically include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier adapted for topical administration. Thus, the composition may take the form of a suspension, solution, ointment, lotion, sexual lubricant, cream, foam, aerosol, spray, suppository, implant, inhalant, tablet, capsule, dry powder, syrup, balm or lozenge, for example. Methods for preparing such compositions are well known in the pharmaceutical industry.
The compounds of the present invention may be formulated for topical administration to the epidermis as ointments, creams or lotions, or as a transdermal patch. They may be made by mixing the active ingredient in finely-divided or powdered form, alone or in solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous fluid, with the aid of suitable machinery, with a greasy or non-greasy base. The base may comprise hydrocarbons such as hard, soft or liquid paraffin, glycerol, beeswax, a metallic soap; a mucilage; an oil of natural origin or a fatty acid. The formulation may incorporate any suitable surface active agent such as an anionic, cationic or non-ionic surfactant such as a sorbitan ester or a polyoxyethylene derivative thereof. Suspending agents such as natural gums, cellulose derivatives or inorganic materials such as silicaceous silicas, and other ingredients such as lanolin, may also be included.
Lotions according to the present invention also include those suitable for application to the eye. An eye lotion may comprise a sterile aqueous solution optionally containing a bactericide.
Nasal, Pulmonary and Bronchial Administration
Formulations for use in nasal, pulmonary and/or bronchial administration are normally administered as aerosols in order to ensure that the aerosolized dose actually reaches the mucous membranes of the nasal passages, bronchial tract or the lung. The term “aerosol particle” is used herein to describe the liquid or solid particle suitable for nasal, bronchial or pulmonary administration, i.e., that will reach the mucous membranes. Typically aerosols are administered by use of a mechanical devices designed for pulmonary and/or bronchial delivery, including but not limited to nebulizers, metered dose inhalers, and powder inhalers. With regard to construction of the delivery device, any form of aerosolization known in the art, including but not limited to spray bottles, nebulization, atomization or pump aerosolization of a liquid formulation, and aerosolization of a dry powder formulation, can be used.
Liquid Aerosol Formulations in general contain a compound of the present invention in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent. Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include but are not limited to sterile water, saline, buffered saline, dextrose solution, and the like.
Formulations for dispensing from a powder inhaler device will normally comprise a finely divided dry powder containing pharmaceutical composition of the present invention (or derivative) and may also include a bulking agent, such as lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, or mannitol in amounts which facilitate dispersal of the powder from the device. Dry powder formulations for inhalation may also be formulated using powder-filled capsules, in particularly capsules the material of which is selected from among the synthetic plastics.
The formulation is formulated to the type of device employed and may involve the use of an appropriate propellant material, in addition to the usual diluents, adjuvants and/or carriers useful in therapy and known to the person skilled in the art. The propellant may be any propellant generally used in the art. Specific non-limiting examples of such useful propellants are a chlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, a hydrochlorofluorocarbon, or a hydrocarbon.
The formulations of the present embodiment may also include other agents useful for pH maintenance, solution stabilization, or for the regulation of osmotic pressure.
The formulations of the present embodiment may also include other agents useful for pH maintenance, solution stabilization, or for the regulation of osmotic pressure.
Transdermal Delivery
The pharmaceutical agent-chemical modifier complexes described herein can be administered transdermally. Transdermal administration typically involves the delivery of a pharmaceutical agent for percutaneous passage of the drug into the systemic circulation of the patient. The skin sites include anatomic regions for transdermally administering the drug and include the forearm, abdomen, chest, back, buttock, mastoidal area, and the like.
Transdermal delivery is accomplished by exposing a source of the complex to a patient's skin for an extended period of time. Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a pharmaceutical agent-chemical modifier complex to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving, dispersing, or otherwise incorporating the pharmaceutical agent-chemical modifier complex in a proper medium, such as an elastomeric matrix material. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate-controlling membrane or dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel. For example, a simple adhesive patch can be prepared from a backing material and an acrylate adhesive.
Administration Forms
As described herein above administration forms include but are not limited to oral, parental, topical, enteral, rectal or buccal administration.
In one embodiment the composition is administered or adapted for administration enterally, topically, parenterally or as part of a sustained release implant. The parenteral administration may for example be intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intracranial or intraperitoneal. In a preferred embodiment the parental administration is intramuscular. Enteral administration includes oral, rectal, or buccal administration and may be sustained release, long acting or immediate relase. In one embodiment topical administration is dermal, epicutaneous, vaginal, intravesical, pulmonary, intranasal, intratracheal or as eye drops.
In another embodiment the composition is administered or adapted for administration subcutaneously or intravenously.
It is appreciated that the composition of the present invention comprises at least 30 wt. % compound, such as at least 25 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 20 wt. % compound, at least 15 wt. % compound, such as at least 25 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 20 wt. % compound, at least 15 wt. % compound, such as at least 10 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 8 wt. % compound, at least 5 wt. % compound, such as at least 4 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 3 wt. % compound, at least 2 wt. % compound, such as at least 1 wt. % compound, such as for example at least 0.5 wt. % compound or at least 0.5 wt. % compound. Wt. % is an abbreviation for weight percent.
The compound is any compound defined by Formula (I). Thus, the active ingredient can be any of the compounds defined by the formulas or embodiments presented herein.
In one embodiment the compound as described herein is to be administered in a dosage of from 1 μg/kg-30,000 μg/kg body weight, such as 1 μg/kg-7,500 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-5,000 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-2,000 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-1,000 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-700 μg/kg, such as 5 μg/kg-500 μg/kg, such as 10 μg/kg to 100 μg/kg bodyweight.
In another embodiment the compound as described herein is to be administered in a dosage of from 1 μg/kg-1,000 μg/kg body weight, such as 1 μg/kg-500 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-250 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-100 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-50 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg to 10 μg/kg bodyweight.
In yet another embodiment the compound as described herein is to be administered in a dosage of from 10 μg/kg-30,000 μg/kg body weight, such as 10 μg/kg-7,500 μg/kg, such as 10 μg/kg-5,000 μg/kg, such as 10 μg/kg-2,000 μg/kg, such as 10 μg/kg-1,000 μg/kg, such as 10 μg/kg-700 μg/kg, such as 10 μg/kg-500 μg/kg, such as 10 μg/kg to 100 μg/kg bodyweight.
In one embodiment the administration of the composition as described herein is repeated at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 times weekly.
In another embodiment the administration is repeated at least 1-3 times weekly, such as 2-5 times weekly, such as 3-6 times weekly.
In a further embodiment the administration is repeated daily. The administration of the composition may for example be repeated 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 times daily. In one embodiment the administration is repeated 1 to 8 times daily, such as 2 to 5 times daily.
The compound as defined herein can be modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
The term “half-life” as used herein is the time it takes for the compound to lose one-half of its pharmacologic activity. The term “plasma half-life” is the time that it takes the compound to lose one-half of its pharmacologic activity in the blood plasma.
Modification of the compound to increase its half-life may for example include conjugation of a moiety that increases the half-life of the compound. Thus, in an embodiment the compound further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound. It is preferred that the moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
The moiety conjugated to the compound can for example be one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
Methods
In one aspect the present invention relates to a method of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular disorder, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compositions and compounds as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
In one aspect, the present invention relates to a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or the compound for use as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
In one aspect, the present invention relates to a method for recovery of neuromuscular transmission, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or the compound for use as defined herein to a person in need thereof.
The person in need thereof may be a person having a neuromuscular disorder or a person at risk of developing a neuromuscular disorder or a person having symptoms of muscle weakness and/or fatigue. In another embodiment the person in need thereof is a person with reduced neuromuscular transmission safety with prolonged recovery after neuromuscular blockade. Types of neuromuscular disorders are defined herein above. In a preferred embodiment the person has, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy, myasthenia gravis or Lambert-Eaton syndrome.
A therapeutically effective amount is an amount that produces a therapeutic response or desired effect in the person taking it. Administration routes, formulations, forms and dosages are as defined herein above and throughout this specification.
The method of treatment may be combined with other methods that are known to treat, prevent and/or ameliorate neuromuscular disorders. The treatment method may for example be combined with administration of any of the agents mentioned herein above. In one embodiment the treatment is combined with administration of acetylcholine esterase inhibitor such as for example neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
Another aspect of the invention relates to use of a composition as defined herein, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular disorder.
Another aspect relates to use of a composition as defined herein, for the manufacture of a medicament or a reversal agent for reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
Method of Manufacturing
In one aspect, the present invention relates to methods of manufacturing compounds or compounds for use according to formula (I).
One method for manufacturing the compounds or compounds for use according to the present invention comprises the steps of
    • a. reacting a compound having formula (IX)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00107
    • wherein R4 is as defined herein and R11 is a protecting group, such as selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, akynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aromatic ring, heteroaromatic ring and -alkylene-Si-alkyl, with first a reagent capable of converting the alcohol (OH) into a leaving group and secondly with a compound having formula (X)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00108
    • wherein R1, R2, R3 and n are as defined herein and Y is O to generate a compound having formula (XI)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00109
and
    • b. reacting the product compound of a) with an ester hydrolysing reagent thus generating a compound as defined herein.
A second method for manufacturing the compounds or compounds for use according to the present invention comprises the steps of
    • a. reacting a compound having formula (XII)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00110
    • wherein R1, R2, R3 and n are as defined herein and Q is a leaving group, such as selected from the group consisting of fluorine and iodine, with a compound having formula (IX)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00111
    • wherein R4 is as defined herein, and R11 a protecting group, such as selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, akynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aromatic ring, heteroaromatic ring and -alkylene-Si-alkyl wherein Y is O to generate a compound having formula (XI)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00112
    • wherein Y is O; and
    • b. reacting the product compound of a) with an ester hydrolysing reagent thus generating a compound as defined herein.
Yet a third method for manufacturing the compounds or compounds for use according to the present invention comprises the steps of
    • a. reacting a compound having formula (XIII)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00113
    • wherein R4 is as defined herein, Z is OH and R12 is a protecting group, such as an —Si-alkyl, with first a reagent capable of converting the alcohol (Z) into a leaving group and secondly with a compound having formula (X)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00114
    • wherein R1, R2, R3 and n are as defined herein, and Y is O to generate a compound having formula (XIV)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00115
    • b. reacting the product compound of a) with an ether cleaving reagent to generate a compound having formula (XV)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00116
and
    • c. reacting the product compound of b) with an oxidising agent thus generating a compound as defined herein.
      Prodrugs
The compounds of formula (I) may be administered as a prodrug to modify the distribution, duration of efficacy or other properties. Conversion of the carboxylic acid group of compounds of formula (I) to an ester using ethanol to form the ethyl ester is an example of such prodrug. Preferred alcohols include low molecular weight alcohols, phenols and other aromatic alcohols, and fluorinated alcohols. In some cases, it is preferable to use an enol as the alcohol, for example 4-hydroxy-pent-3-ene-2-one. Alternatively, the prodrug may be the corresponding aldehyde, or an imine thereof. Again, these precursors can be expected to transform to the carboxylic acid in vivo. The prodrugs are administered using the same formulations and in the same dosage ranges as the compounds of formula (I).
In one aspect, said prodrug is defined by Formula (LX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00117
or a salt of tautomer thereof
wherein m, A, Z, R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above and wherein R14 is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrimidyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl and quinolyl, all aromatic and heteroaromatic groups optionally substituted by one or more R4
In one embodiment R14 is a phenyl substituted with methoxy, nitro, cyano, Cl, Br, I and/or F.
In one embodiment Formula (LX) is further defined by Formula (LXI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00118
In another embodiment of the present invention the prodrug is defined by Formula (LXII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00119
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof, wherein m, A, Z, R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above.
The prodrug can also be defined by Formula (LXIII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00120
wherein m, A, Z, R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above, and B is a 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic.
Embodiments of the Invention
Embodiment 1 is a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00121
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof;
    • wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • wherein
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
    • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder.
Embodiment 2 is a composition according to embodiment 1, wherein A is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
Embodiment 3 composition according to embodiments 1 and 2, wherein A is five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring.
Embodiment 4 composition according to embodiment 1 to 3, wherein A is phenyl, or naphthyl.
Embodiment 5 composition according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula (II):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00122
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof;
    • wherein
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2;
      • X1, X2 and X3 are independently selected from the group consisting of CH and N;
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl;
    • for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder.
Embodiment 6 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of H and —CH3.
Embodiment 7 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R1 is H.
Embodiment 8 is a composition for use according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alk(en)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to two substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R9, R10, and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl.
Embodiment 9 is a composition for use according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl and amino-C1-4-alkyl, wherein said C1-4-alkyl and C3-6-cycloalkyl may be substituted with O—R11, wherein R11 is selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl.
Embodiment 10 is a composition for use according to embodiment 9, wherein R11 is —CH3.
Embodiment 11 is a composition for use according to embodiment 9, wherein R2 is —CH(CH3)CH2—O—CH3.
Embodiment 12 is a composition for use according to any of embodiments 1 to 7, wherein R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alkyl and C3-7-cycloalkyl.
Embodiment 13 is a composition for use according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3, —CH(CH3)2 and cyclopropyl.
Embodiment 14 is a composition for use according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R1 is H and R2 is —CH(CH3)2.
Embodiment 15 is composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R1 is different from R2.
Embodiment 16 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound is an S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R2 is bound.
Embodiment 17 is a composition for use according to any embodiments 1 to 16, wherein R1 is H and R2 is C1-6-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl and wherein said compound is an S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R2 is bound as shown in Formula (III):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00123
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof;
      • wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2;
      • X1, X2 and X3 are selected from the group consisting of, CH and N;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo.
Embodiment 18 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, —CHO, C1-4-alk(en)yl, halo-C1-4-alk(en)yl, —O—C1-4-alk(en)yl.
Embodiment 19 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein m is 0, 1 or 2.
Embodiment 20 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein m is 1.
Embodiment 21 is a composition for use according to any embodiments, wherein X1 is N, X2 is N or X3 is N.
Embodiment 22 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 5 to 20, wherein X1, X2 and X3 is C.
Embodiment 23 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (IV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00124
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof;
    • wherein A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
    • R2 is selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo.
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
    • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
    • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
    • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
Embodiment 24 is a composition for use according to embodiment 23, wherein the compound of Formula (IV) is further defined by Formula (V):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00125
    • wherein
    • R2 is selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-5-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
    • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
    • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
    • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
Embodiment 25 is a composition for use according to embodiments 23, wherein R2 is C1-6-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl.
Embodiment 26 is a composition for use according embodiment 25, wherein the compound of
    • Formula (V) is further defined by Formula (VI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00126
    • wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
    • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
    • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
    • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
Embodiment 27 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 24 to 26, wherein R4 is in ortho- or meta position.
Embodiment 28 is a composition for use according to embodiment 1, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (VII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00127
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
    • m is 2;
    • Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2;
    • X1 and X2 are independently selected from the group consisting of CH and N;
    • R2 is selected from the group consisting of —OR3, —SR5, —S(O)R5, —S(O)2R5, —NR3, —NR3C(O)R9 or —R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo; R2 is selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
    • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
    • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
    • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
Embodiment 29 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (VIII)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00128
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
    • m is 2;
    • Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2;
    • X2 is selected from the group consisting of, CH and N;
    • R2 is selected from the group consisting of —OR3, —SR5, —S(O)R5, —S(O)2R5, —NR3, —NR3C(O)R9 or —R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo; R2 is selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
    • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
    • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
    • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
Embodiment 30 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiment 5 to 29, wherein Y is O.
Embodiment 31 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 28 to 30, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4-alkyl.
Embodiment 32 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 28 to 31, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3 and halogen.
Embodiment 33 is a composition for use according to embodiment 32, wherein said compound is further defined by Formula (IX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00129
Embodiment 34 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (X):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00130
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH(CH3)CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—CH3, —CH2—NH2, —CH2—CHF2, —CH2—CF3, —CH2—NH—CO—CH3 and —CH2—NH—SO2—CH3 and cyclopropyl, and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
Embodiment 35 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XI) to (XXVIII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00131
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00132
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00133
Embodiment 36 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXIX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00134
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
Embodiment 37 is a composition for use according to embodiment 36, wherein the compound of Formula (XXIX) is further defined by Formula (XXX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00135
Embodiment 38 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00136
Embodiment 39 is a composition for use according to embodiment 28, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00137
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
Embodiment 40 is a composition for use according to embodiment 39, wherein the compound of Formula (XXXII) is further defined by Formula (XXXIII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00138
Embodiment 41 is a composition for use according to embodiment 1, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (XXXIV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00139
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2; X1 is N or C; and R4 and R′4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
Embodiment 42 is a composition for use according to embodiment 41, wherein Formula (XXXIV) is further defined by Formula (XXXV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00140
Embodiment 43 is a composition for use according to embodiment 1, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XXXVI) to (LIX)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00141
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00142
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00143
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00144
Embodiment 44 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein said prodrug is defined by Formula (LX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00145
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo; R2 is selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R1, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo.
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
      • R14 is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrimidyl, pyridinyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl and quinolyl, all aromatic and heteroaromatic groups optionally substituted by one or more R4.
Embodiment 45 is a prodrug according to embodiment 44, wherein R14 is a phenyl substituted with methoxy, nitro, cyano, Cl, Br, I and/or F.
Embodiment 46 is a prodrug according to embodiment 44, wherein Formula (LX) is further defined by Formula (LXI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00146
Embodiment 47 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 1 to 43, wherein said prodrug is defined by Formula (LXII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00147
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof, wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-5-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo.
Embodiment 48 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 1 to 43,
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00148
wherein said prodrug is defined by Formula (LXIII):
    • wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl
Embodiment 49 is a composition for use according to any one of embodiments 1 to 43, wherein said prodrug is defined by Formula (LXIV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00149
    • wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • B is a 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic.
Embodiment 50 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is myasthenia gravis.
Embodiment 51 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is autoimmune myasthenia gravis.
Embodiment 52 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is congenital myasthenia gravis.
Embodiment 53 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is Lambert-Eaton Syndrome.
Embodiment 54 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy.
Embodiment 55 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS).
Embodiment 56 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is spinal muscular atrophy (SMA).
Embodiment 57 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy (CIM).
Embodiment 58 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is reversal diabetic polyneuropathy.
Embodiment 59 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is selected from the group consisting of Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
Embodiment 60 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is for use in the treatment of symptoms of an indication selected from the group consisting of myasthenia gravis (such as autoimmune and congenital myasthenia gravis), Lambert-Eaton Syndrome, critical illness myopathy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), critical illness myopathy (CIM), reversal diabetic polyneuropathy, Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
Embodiment 61 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder has been induced by a neuromuscular blocking agent.
Embodiment 62 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Embodiment 63 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments further comprising at least one further active agent.
Embodiment 64 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein said further active agent is suitable for treating, preventing or ameliorating said neuromuscular disorder.
Embodiment 65 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is an acetylcholine esterase inhibitor.
Embodiment 66 is a composition for use according to embodiment 65, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galantamine, caffeine—noncompetitive, piperidines, donepezil, tacrine, edrophonium, huperzine, ladostigil, ungeremine and lactucopicrin.
Embodiment 67 is a composition for use according embodiment 65, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
Embodiment 68 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suggamadex.
Embodiment 69 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is tirasemtiv.
Embodiment 70 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is 3,4-aminopyridine.
Embodiment 71 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is administered or adapted for administration enterally, topically, parenterally or as part of a sustained release implant.
Embodiment 72 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the parenteral administration is intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intracranial or intraperitoneal.
Embodiment 73 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the enteral administration is oral, rectal, or buccal.
Embodiment 74 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the topical administration is dermal, epicutaneous, vaginal, intravesical, pulmonary, intranasal, intratracheal or as eye drops.
Embodiment 75 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is administered or adapted for administration subcutaneously or intravenously.
Embodiment 76 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is formulated for oral administration.
Embodiment 77 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is formulated in a tablet or capsule.
Embodiment 78 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said composition is to be administered in a dosage of from 1 μg/kg-10,000 μg/kg body weight, such as 1 μg/kg-7,500 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-5,000 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-2,000 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-1,000 μg/kg, such as 1 μg/kg-700 μg/kg, such as 5 μg/kg-500 μg/kg, such as 10 μg/kg to 100 μg/kg bodyweight.
Embodiment 79 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said administration is repeated daily.
Embodiment 80 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said administration is repeated at least 1-3 times weekly, such as 2-5 times weekly, such as 3-6 times weekly.
Embodiment 81 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said administration is repeated 1 to 8 times daily, such as 2 to 5 times daily.
Embodiment 82 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound further has been modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
Embodiment 83 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound.
Embodiment 84 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
Embodiment 85 is a composition for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the moiety conjugated to the compound is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
Embodiment 86 is a method of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular disorder, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined in any one of the preceding embodiment to a person in need thereof.
Embodiment 87 is a method of using a composition as defined in any one of embodiments 1 to 85, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular disorder.
Embodiment 88 is a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00150
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof;
    • wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • wherein
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of —OR3, —SR5, —S(O)R5, —S(O)2R5, —NR3, —NR3C(O)R9 or —R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of —H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of —H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from —H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl
    • for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
Embodiment 89 is a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade after surgery, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined in embodiment 88 to a person in need thereof.
Embodiment 90 is a method for recovery of neuromuscular transmission, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the composition as defined in embodiment 88 to a person in need thereof.
Embodiment 91 is a method of using a composition as defined in embodiment 88, for the manufacture of a medicament for recovery of neuromuscular transmission.
Embodiment 92 is a compound of Formula (I):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00151
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
      • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Z is a 2-5 atom chain comprising at least one carbon atom and optionally one heteroatom or substituted heteroatom, wherein the heteroatom or substituted heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, NC(O)R3, S, S(O)R5 and S(O)2R5, wherein each atom of said 2-5 atom chain is optionally substituted with R1 and R2;
      • wherein
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-5-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
Embodiment 93 is a compound according to embodiment 92, wherein A is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
Embodiment 94 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 and 93, wherein A is five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring.
Embodiment 95 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 93, wherein A is phenyl, or naphthyl.
Embodiment 96 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 95, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula (II):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00152
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
      • Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2;
      • X1, X2 and X3 are independently selected from the group consisting of CH and N;
      • R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl or a halo-C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
Embodiment 97 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 96, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of —H and —CH3.
Embodiment 98 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 96, wherein R1 is H.
Embodiment 99 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 98, wherein R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alk(en)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to two substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo, wherein R9, R10, and R11 are independently selected from H, C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, whereas R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl.
Embodiment 100 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 98, wherein R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl and amino-C1-4-alkyl, wherein said C1-4-alkyl and C3-6-cycloalkyl may be substituted with O—R11, wherein R11 is selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl.
Embodiment 101 is a compound according to embodiment 100, wherein R11 is —CH3.
Embodiment 102 is a compound according to embodiment 100, wherein R2 is —CH(CH3)CH2—O—CH3.
Embodiment 103 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 102, wherein R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alkyl and C3-7-cycloalkyl.
Embodiment 104 is a compound according to any of embodiments 92 to 102, wherein R1 is H and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3, —CH(CH3)2 and cyclopropyl.
Embodiment 105 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 104, wherein R1 is H and R2 is —CH(CH3)2.
Embodiment 106 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 105, wherein R1 is different from R2.
Embodiment 107 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 106, wherein said compound is an S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R2 is bound.
Embodiment 108 is a compound according to any embodiments 92 to 107, wherein R1 is H and R2 is C1-6-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl and wherein said compound is an S-enantiomer with respect to the C-atom to which R2 is bound as shown in Formula (III):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00153
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof;
    • wherein
      • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5
      • Y is selected from the group consisting of O, NH, N—CH3, CH2, CH2—O, S and SO2;
      • X1, X2 and X3 are independently selected from the group consisting of CH and N;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo, wherein R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl; R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl and R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
      • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
      • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
Embodiment 109 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 108, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, —CHO, C1-4-alk(en)yl, halo-C1-4-alk(en)yl, —O—C1-4-alk(en)yl.
Embodiment 110 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 109, wherein m is 0, 1 or 2.
Embodiment 111 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 110, wherein m is 1.
Embodiment 112 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 111, wherein X1 is N, X2 is N or X3 is N.
Embodiment 113 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 111, wherein X1, X2 and X3 is C.
Embodiment 114 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 113, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (IV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00154
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein
    • A is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazyl, and pyridazinyl;
    • R2 is selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR5, S(O)R5, S(O)2R5, NR3, NR3C(O)R9 or R3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2—SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3-alkyl, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6-alk(en/yn)yl, C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, —NR9—CO—R10, —NR10—SO2—R11, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, cyano, O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo, wherein R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl; R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl and R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl, wherein said C1-8-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl may be substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR9—CO—R10, —N(R10)2SO2—R12, —CO—NR9R10, —SO2—NR9R10, —R13—O—R11, —NR9R10, —S(O)R12, —S(O)2R12, cyano, —O—R11, fluorinated C1-3, nitro and halo; or R1 and R2 are linked to form a ring;
    • R9, R10, R11 are independently selected from H or C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
    • R12 is selected from C1-4-alk(en/yn)yl and C3-6-cycloalk(en)yl;
    • R13 is selected from C1-4-alk(an/en/yn)diyl and C3-6-cycloalk(an/en)diyl.
Embodiment 115 is a compound according to embodiment 114, wherein the compound of Formula (IV) is further defined by Formula (V):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00155
wherein R2 and R4 are as defined above.
Embodiment 116 is a compound according to embodiment 114 or embodiment 115, wherein R2 is C1-6-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl.
Embodiment 117 is a compound according embodiment 115, wherein the compound of Formula (V) is further defined by Formula (VI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00156
wherein R4 is as defined above
Embodiment 118 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 115 to 117, wherein R4 is in ortho- or meta position.
Embodiment 119 is a compound according to embodiment 92, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (VII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00157
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein m is 2 and X1, X2, Y, R2 and R4 are as defined above.
Embodiment 120 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (VIII)
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00158
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein m, X2, Y, R2 and R4 are as defined above.
Embodiment 121 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 120, wherein Y is O.
Embodiment 122 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 121, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4-alkyl.
Embodiment 123 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 122, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3 and halogen.
Embodiment 124 is a compound according to any one of embodiments 92 to 123, wherein said compound is further defined by Formula (IX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00159
Embodiment 125 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (X):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00160
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH(CH3)CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—CH3, —CH2—NH2, —CH2—CHF2, —CH2—CF3, —CH2—NH—CO—CH3 and —CH2—NH—SO2—CH3 and cyclopropyl, and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
Embodiment 126 is a compound se according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XI) to (XXVIII) as defined in embodiment 35.
Embodiment 127 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXIX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00161
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
Embodiment 128 is a compound according to embodiment 127, wherein the compound of Formula (XXIX) is further defined by Formula (XXX):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00162
Embodiment 129 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXI):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00163
Embodiment 130 is a compound according to embodiment 119, wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is further defined by Formula (XXXII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00164
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2 and R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
Embodiment 131 is a compound according to embodiment 130, wherein the compound of Formula (XXXII) is further defined by Formula (XXXIII):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00165
Embodiment 132 is a compound according to embodiment 92, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by Formula (XXXIV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00166
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, polymorph, or tautomer thereof; wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2—CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2—CH2—CH3 and —CH2—NH2; X1 is N or C; and R4 and R′4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F and I.
Embodiment 133 is a compound according to embodiment 132, wherein Formula (XXXIV) is further defined by Formula (XXXV):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00167
Embodiment 134 is a compound according to embodiment 92, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is further defined by any one of Formulas (XXXVI) to (LIX) as defined in embodiment 43.
Embodiment 135 is a compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00168
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R2 is a 5-6 membered heterocycle or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof, with the proviso that when R2 is 3-thienyl, R1 is H, n=0 and R5 is CH3 then R4 is not CH3.
Embodiment 136 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is a 5-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6.
Embodiment 137 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is a 6-membered heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6.
Embodiment 138 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is an 8-membered bicyclic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6.
Embodiment 139 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is a 9-membered bicyclic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6.
Embodiment 140 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is a 10-membered bicyclic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6.
Embodiment 141 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, dihydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, 3-pyrroline, 2-pyrroline, 2-imidazoline, 2-pyrazolidine, dihydro-oxazole, dihydro-thiazole, dihydro-isoxazole, dihydro-isothiazole, dihydro-1,2,3-triazole, dihydro-1,2,4-triazole, dihydro-1,2,5-oxadiazole, dihydro-1,2,3-oxadiazole, dihydro-1,3,4-oxadiazole, dihydro-1,2,5-thiadiazole, dihydro-1,2,3-thiadiazole, dihydro-1,3,4-thiadiazole, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, oxazolidine, thiazolidine, isoxazolidine, isothiazolidine, 1,2,3-triazolidine, 1,2,4-triazolidine, 1,2,5-oxadiazolidine, 1,2,3-oxadiazolidine, 1,3,4-oxadiazolidine, 1,2,5-thiadiazolidine, 1,2,3-thiadiazolidine, 1,3,4-thiadiazolidine, 1,2-oxathiolane, 1,3-oxathiolane, 2-oxazolidinone and 2-pyrrolidinone.
Embodiment 142 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole and 1,3,4-thiadiazole.
Embodiment 143 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole.
Embodiment 144 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of isoxazol-5-yl and isoxazol-3-yl.
Embodiment 145 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrahydropyran, thiane, piperidine, 1, 4-dioxane, morpholine, 1,4-oxathiane, 1,4-diathiane and piperazine, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6.
Embodiment 146 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of tetrahydro-4H-cyclopent[d]isoxazole, hexahydro-1H-pyrrolizine, 1,4-dihydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole, 1,6-dihydropyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrrole, 6H-furo[2,3-b]pyrrole, 4H-furo[3,2-b]pyrrole, 6H-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole and 4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6.
Embodiment 147 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, benzimidazole, indazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, 1,2-benzisoxazole, 1,2-benzisothiazole, benzotriazole, pyrrolopyridine, pyrazolopyridine and imidazopyridine, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6.
Embodiment 148 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, phthalazine and naphthyridine, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6.
Embodiment 149 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of isoxazole, oxazole oxadiazole, benzothiazole, thiazole, imidazole, tetrahydrofuran, triazole, pyrazole, thiophene, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6
Embodiment 150 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (II.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00169
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 151 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (III.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00170
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 152 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (IV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00171
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 153 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiment, wherein the compound is of Formula (V.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00172
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 154 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (VI.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00173
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 155 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (VII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00174
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 156 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (VIII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00175
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 157 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (IX.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00176
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0 or 1; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 158 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (X.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00177
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 159 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XI.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00178
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 160 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00179
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 161 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XIII.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00180
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 162 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XIV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00181
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 163 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is of Formula (XV.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00182
    • wherein:
      • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
      • R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
      • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
      • R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
      • R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
      • m is an integer 0 or 1; and
      • n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 164 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is pyridine-2-yl.
Embodiment 165 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is 3aH,4H,5H,6H,6aH-cyclopenta[d][1,2]oxazol-3-yl.
Embodiment 166 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is 4,5-dihydro-1,2-oxazol-5-yl.
Embodiment 167 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is 1H-imidazol-4-yl.
Embodiment 168 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein R2 is 4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl.
Embodiment 169 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein n is 0.
Embodiment 170 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein n is 1.
Embodiment 171 is a compound according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein n is 2.
Embodiment 172 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R3 is deuterium or tritium.
Embodiment 173 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R3 is F, Cl, Br or I.
Embodiment 174 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R3 is F.
Embodiment 175 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R4 is C1-5 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7.
Embodiment 176 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methylbutyl, pentyl, allyl, homo-allyl, vinyl, crotyl, butenyl, pentenyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclopentenyl optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7.
Embodiment 177 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R4 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl, optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7.
Embodiment 178 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R4 is methyl.
Embodiment 179 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R4 is ethyl.
Embodiment 180 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R4 is n-propyl or isopropyl.
Embodiment 181 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R4 is C1-5 alkyl substituted with one or more F.
Embodiment 182 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of —CH2F, —CHF2, —CF3, —CH2CH2F, —CH2CHF2 and —CH2CF3.
Embodiment 183 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R4 is —CH2F.
Embodiment 184 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R5 is hydrogen.
Embodiment 185 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R5 is C1-5 alkyl.
Embodiment 186 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R5 is methyl or tert-butyl.
Embodiments 187 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein m is 0.
Embodiment 188 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein m is 1.
Embodiment 189 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein m is 2.
Embodiment 190 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl and C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
Embodiment 191 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C1-5 alkyl.
Embodiment 192 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is methyl or isopropyl.
Embodiment 193 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C1-5 alkenyl.
Embodiment 194 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C1-5 alkynyl.
Embodiment 195 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C3-5 cycloalkyl.
Embodiment 196 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is cyclopropyl.
Embodiment 197 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C1-5 cycloalkenyl.
Embodiment 198 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C1-5 alkyl substituted with one or more F.
Embodiment 199 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C1-5 alkenyl substituted with one or more F.
Embodiment 200 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C1-5 alkynyl substituted with one or more F.
Embodiment 201 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C3-5 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more F.
Embodiment 202 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein R6 is C5 cycloalkenyl substituted with one or more F.
Embodiment 203 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00183
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00184
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00185
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00186
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00187
Embodiment 204 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]butanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]butanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]-3-methylbutanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-{4-bromo-2-[3-(propan-2-yl)-1,2-oxazol-5-yl]phenoxy}propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(4-methyl-1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-chloro-6-(1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(5-methyl-1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-(2-{3aH,4H,5H,6H,6aH-cyclopenta[d][1,2]oxazol-3-yl}-4-bromophenoxy)propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(5-cyclopropyl-1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[2-(1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)-4-bromophenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-{4-bromo-2-[(5S)-3-methyl-4,5-dihydro-1,2-oxazol-5-yl]phenoxy}propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-{4-bromo-2-[(5R)-3-methyl-4,5-dihydro-1,2-oxazol-5-yl]phenoxy}propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1H-imidazol-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(oxolan-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2R)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]-3-fluoropropanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(thiophen-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[2-(1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
  • (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid; and
  • (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid.
Embodiment 205 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound has activity on CIC-1 receptor.
Embodiment 206 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is an inhibitor of the CIC-1 ion channel.
Embodiment 207 is a compound according to any one of the preceeding embodiments, wherein the EC50<50 μM, preferably <40 μM, more preferably <30 μM, more preferably <20 μM, more preferably <15 μM, even more preferably <10 μM and most preferably <5 μM.
Embodiment 208 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the recovery of force in muscles with neuromuscular dysfunction is >5%, preferably >10%, more preferably >15%, more preferably >20%, more preferably >25%, even more preferably >30% and most preferably >35%.
Embodiment 209 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound improves the recovered force in isolated rat soleus muscles after exposure to tubocurarine.
Embodiment 210 is a composition comprising the compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments.
Embodiment 211 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
Embodiment 212 is a compound or the composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, for use as a medicament.
Embodiment 213 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Embodiment 214 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition further comprises at least one further active agent.
Embodiment 215 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suitable for treating, preventing or ameliorating said neuromuscular disorder.
Embodiment 216 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is an acetylcholine esterase inhibitor.
Embodiment 217 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galantamine, caffeine—noncompetitive, piperidines, donepezil, tacrine, edrophonium, huperzine, ladostigil, ungeremine and lactucopicrin.
Embodiment 218 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
Embodiment 219 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suggamadex.
Embodiment 220 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is tirasemtiv or CK-2127107.
Embodiment 221 is a composition according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is 3,4-aminopyridine.
Embodiment 222 is a method for manufacturing the compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, the method comprising the steps of
    • a. reacting a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00188
    • wherein R4 is as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments and R11 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, akynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aromatic ring, heteroaromatic ring and -alkylene-Si-alkyl, with first a reagent capable of converting the alcohol (OH) into a leaving group and secondly with a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00189
    • wherein R1, R2, R3 and n are as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments and Y is O to generate a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00190
and
    • b. reacting the product compound of a) with an ester hydrolysing reagent thus generating a compound according to any one of embodiments 135 to 204
Embodiment 223 is a method for manufacturing the compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, the method comprising the steps of
    • a. reacting a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00191
    • wherein R1, R2, R3 and n are as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments and Q is a leaving group selected from the group consisting of fluorine and iodine, with a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00192
    • wherein R4 is as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments and R11 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, akynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aromatic ring, heteroaromatic ring and -alkylene-Si-alkyl wherein Y is O to generate a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00193
    • wherein Y is O; and
    • b. reacting the product compound of a) with an ester hydrolysing reagent thus generating a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments.
Embodiment 224 is a method for manufacturing the compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments, the method comprising the steps of
    • a. reacting a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00194
    • wherein R4 is as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments, Z is OH and R12 is selected from the group consisting of —Si-alkyl, with first a reagent capable of converting the alcohol (Z) into a leaving group and secondly with a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00195
    • wherein R1, R2, R3 and n are as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments and Y is O to generate a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00196
    • b. reacting the product compound of a) with an ether cleaving reagent to generate a compound having a formula of
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00197
and
    • c. reacting the product compound of b) with an oxidising agent thus generating a compound according to any one of embodiments 135 to 204.
Embodiment 225 is a compound according to any one of the preceding embodiments for use in treating, ameliorating and/or preventing a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for use in reversing and/or ameliorating a Embodiment 226 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is myasthenia gravis.
Embodiment 227 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is autoimmune myasthenia gravis.
Embodiment 228 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is congenital myasthenia gravis.
Embodiment 229 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is Lambert-Eaton Syndrome.
Embodiment 230 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy.
Embodiment 231 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS).
Embodiment 232 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is spinal muscular atrophy (SMA).
Embodiment 233 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is critical illness myopathy (CIM).
Embodiment 234 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is Charcot-Marie tooth disease (CMT).
Embodiment 235 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is sarcopenia.
Embodiment 236 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is reversal diabetic polyneuropathy.
Embodiment 237 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder is selected from the group consisting of Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
Embodiment 238 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the compound is for use in the treatment of symptoms of an indication selected from the group consisting of myasthenia gravis (such as autoimmune and congenital myasthenia gravis), Lambert-Eaton Syndrome, critical illness myopathy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), critical illness myopathy (CIM), reversal diabetic polyneuropathy, Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, and critical illness polyneuropathy.
Embodiment 239 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments wherein the neuromuscular disorder has been induced by a neuromuscular blocking agent.
Embodiment 240 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the neuromuscular blockade is neuromuscular blockade after surgery.
Embodiment 241 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the neuromuscular blockade is drug induced.
Embodiment 242 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the drug is an antibiotic.
Embodiment 243 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the drug is a non-depolarizing neuromuscular blocker.
Embodiment 244 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound further has been modified in order to increase its half-life when administered to a patient, in particular its plasma half-life.
Embodiment 245 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound further comprises a moiety conjugated to said compound, thus generating a moiety-conjugated compound.
Embodiment 246 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the moiety-conjugated compound has a plasma and/or serum half-life being longer than the plasma and/or serum half-life of the non-moiety conjugated compound.
Embodiment 247 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the moiety conjugated to the compound is one or more type(s) of moieties selected from the group consisting of albumin, fatty acids, polyethylene glycol (PEG), acylation groups, antibodies and antibody fragments.
Embodiment 248 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said compound is comprised in a composition.
Embodiment 249 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
Embodiment 250 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Embodiment 251 is a compound for use according to any one of embodiments, wherein the composition further comprises at least one further active agent.
Embodiment 252 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suitable for treating, preventing or ameliorating said neuromuscular disorder.
Embodiment 253 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is an acetylcholine esterase inhibitor.
Embodiment 254 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, carbamates, physostigmine, neostigmine, pyridostigmine, ambenonium, demecarium, rivastigmine, phenanthrene derivatives, galantamine, caffeine—noncompetitive, piperidines, donepezil, tacrine, edrophonium, huperzine, ladostigil, ungeremine and lactucopicrin.
Embodiment 255 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said acetylcholine esterase inhibitor is neostigmine or pyridostigmine.
Embodiment 256 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is suggamadex.
Embodiment 257 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is tirasemtiv.
Embodiment 258 is a compound for use according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein said further active agent is 3,4-aminopyridine.
Embodiment 259 is a method of treating, preventing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular disorder, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments to a person in need thereof.
Embodiment 260 is a method of using a compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or amelioration of a neuromuscular disorder, and/or for reversing and/or ameliorating of a neuromuscular blockade.
Embodiment 261 is a method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments to a person in need thereof.
Embodiment 262 is a method for recovery of neuromuscular transmission, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments to a person in need thereof.
Embodiment 262 is a method for recovering neuromuscular transmission, the method comprising administering a compound as defined in any one of the preceding embodiments to an individual in need thereof.
EXAMPLES
Materials and Methods
Chemicals
Compounds for testing were obtained from different suppliers including Enamine, Vitas, and CanAm Bioresearch. For synthesis of particular compounds please see below.
General Synthetic Strategies
Compounds of formula (I) may be synthesized by the following synthetic strategies, general methods A-C:
NMR Spectra
1H-NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker AM-300 spectrometer and were calibrated using residual nondeuterated solvent as internal reference. Spectra were processed using Spinworks version 4.0 (developed by Dr. Kirk Marat, Department of Chemistry, University of Manitoba).
HPLC Method 1
The product was analysed by Waters 2695 HPLC consisting of a Waters 996 photodiode array detector, Kromasil Eternity C18, 5 μm, 4.6×150 mm column. Flow rate: 1 mL/minute, run time 20 minutes. Solvent A: methanol; solvent B: 0.1% formic acid in water. Gradient 0-100% Solvent B over 15 minutes with monitoring at 280 nm.
HPLC Method 2
Waters Acquity UPLC, X-Select; column: Waters X-Select UPLC C18, 1.7 μm, 2.1×30 mm. Solvent A: 0.1% formic acid in water; solvent B: 0.1% formic acid in MeCN. Gradient 5-95% Solvent B over 10 minutes; detector: diode array.
Statistics
All data are expressed as mean with SEM. Significant difference between groups was ascertained using a Students t-test (paired for contra-lateral muscles). Statistical analysis was performed using Sigmaplot 12.0 including fitting of data (FIG. 4C, FIG. 5E, FIG. 6E) to a four parameter sigmoidal function to get Kd values for Tables 3-5. Categorical data was tested using Fishers Exact test. Groups were considered significantly different for P-values <0.05.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00198
Procedure for Step A
To a solution of starting compound, Ph3P, and ((R)-methyl 2-hydroxypropanoate in a solvent like DCM was added DEAD at 0° C. After stirring for 1 to 24 h at room temperature, the reaction completion was observed by NMR testing of a sample. Aqueous workup was performed. The compound was purified by chromatography.
Procedure for Step C
To a solution of the product of Step A in ethanol was added an aqueous solution of an alkali like KOH. The resulting mixture was refluxed for 1-12 h, and reaction was monitored by TLC. At the end of reaction, the mixture was subjected to an aqueous/acidic work up using a solvent like DCM or an ether. The compound was purified by chromatography if necessary.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00199
Procedure for Step S
To a cold solution of pyridine in a solvent like DCM was added trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride at below 0° C. After stirring for 5-60 min, (R)-methyl 2-hydroxypropanoate was added. The mixture was stirred for 1-10 h at room temperature, filtered, and the filtrate was partially evaporated.
Procedure for Step T
To a mixture of 4-chloroaniline, a base like TEA and a solvent like DCM or DMF was added freshly prepared compound of step S at 0-5° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 35° C. for 4 h, diluted with water, and extracted with DCM when the phases do not separate. Removal of the solvent yields the compound.
Procedure for Step C
See Step C in Synthetic Method A above.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00200
Procedure for Step J
To a solution of acid amino acid in 1N H2SO4, a solution of NaNO2 in minimal quantity of water was added under cooling. The resulted mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1-3 days, saturated with Na2SO4, and extracted with a solvent like methyl-tert-butyl ether or DCM. The organic layer was evaporated.
Procedure for Step K
To a suspension of NaH in DMF a solution of the product of step J in DMF was added. After stirring, p-fluoronitrobenzene or the desired electrophile was added and stirring continued at 100° C. for 3-48 h. The mixture was diluted a solution of NH4Cl and K2CO3 at room temperature, and extracted with a solvent like methyl-tert-butyl ether or ethyl acetate. The water layer was acidified with 3N HCl and extracted with methyl-tert-butyl ether or ethyl acetate. The organic layer was evaporated.
Procedure for Step L
To a 0° C. solution of the product of step K in methanol, a catalytic amount of acetyl chloride was added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 3-9 h and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was extracted with a solvent like methyl-tert-butyl ether or DCM. The organic layer was evaporated.
Procedure for Step M
To a solution of the product of step L in methanol, 10% Pd/C was added and hydrogenated under ambient pressure for 24 h. The mixture was filtered through silica gel and evaporated.
Procedure for Step N
To a solution of t-BuNO2 in acetonitrile, CuBr2 was added. To the reaction mixture the product of step M in acetonitrile was added and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2-9 h. To the room temperature mixture, 20% aq. HCl was added and then extracted with a suitable solvent like methyl-tert-butyl ether or ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and evaporated. The oily residue was chromatographed.
Procedure for Step C
See Step C in Synthetic Method A above.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00201
Procedure for Step B
The thioether obtained by Method A or B in a suitable solvent like DCM or ethyl acetate is treated with m-CPBA or another peracid at room temperature for 1-48 h and the reaction is monitored by TLC. After aqueous workup, the product is purified by chromatography.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00202
Procedure for Step A
See Step A in Synthetic Method A above.
Procedure for Step C
See Step C in Synthetic Method A above.
Procedure for Step D
The protected compound obtained from Step C in a suitable solvent like DCM is treated with TFA at room temperature for 1-18 h. After evaporation, the product is purified by reversed-phase chromatography with an HCl containing eluent.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00203
Procedure for Step E
The acid obtained by the previous methods in a suitable solvent like DCM or acetonitrile is treated DCC and the desired phenol, like p-nitrophenol, with a suitable catalyst like DMAP at room temperature for 1-48 h. After aqueous workup at acidic pH, the product is purified by rapid chromatography.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00204
Procedure for Step F
The ester obtained by the previous methods in a suitable solvent like toluene is treated DIBAL-H at −78° C. for 1 h. After aqueous workup, the product is purified by rapid chromatography.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00205
Procedure for Step G
The aldehyde obtained by the step F in a suitable solvent like DCM is treated at room temperature with the desired primary amine like 2-aminoethanol. Evaporation, redilution with DCM and re-evaporation yielded the desired product.
Compounds of formula (I.3.4) may be synthesized by the following synthetic strategies, general methods I-K:
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00206
Method A involves the synthesis of compounds of Formula (X) (which is the same as Formula (I) in which R4 is H), which is an ether structure wherein Y=oxygen, and —R1, —R2, —R3 and —R4, are as defined in Formula (I) above. Compound (X), in the case where Y═O is a phenol, is available either commercially or synthetically (see below), and can be converted into an ether (XI) by methods which include Mitsunobu reaction conditions. This ether contains an ester functionality —CO2R11, which can be hydrolysed under a range of standard conditions, involving treatment with acid or base, to provide the carboxylic acid structure (XII), Y═O. Standard conditions for hydrolysis of the ester can also for example involve an enzymatic hydrolysis, employing for example an esterase or lipase. Furthermore, if an ester molecule (XI) comprises for example a (CH3)3SiCH2CH2O— group as —OR11, then a fluoride ion source such as tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride can be employed to convert (XI) into the corresponding carboxylic acid (XII).
Substituted phenols of general formula (X), Y═O, can be prepared by a variety of standard methods, for example by an ester rearrangement in the Fries rearrangement, by a rearrangement of N-phenylhydroxylamines in the Bamberger rearrangement, by hydrolysis of phenolic esters or ethers, by reduction of quinones, by replacement of an aromatic amine or by a hydroxyl group with water and sodium bisulfide in the Bucherer reaction. Other methods include hydrolysis of diazonium salts, by rearrangement reaction of dienones in the dienone phenol rearrangement, by the oxidation of aryl silanes or by the Hock process.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00207
Carboxylic acids of Formula (X) (which is the same as Formula (I) in which R4 is H) can also be prepared by the procedure illustrated as General Method B. A phenolic ether of formula (XI) can be prepared by displacement of a suitable leaving group Q in (XIII) with the nucleophilic YH in (IX) (wherein Y═O). Q can for example be a halogen such as fluorine or iodine, and the ether product of formula (XI) can be converted into the carboxylic acid derivative (XII) by one of a range of methods outlined in General Method A, involving hydrolysis of the ester functionality.
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00208
Carboxylic acids of Formula (X) (which is the same as Formula (I) in which R4 is H) can be prepared by the procedure illustrated as General Method C. A phenolic ether of formula (XV) can be prepared by utilising e.g. Mitsunobu conditions when (X) is a phenol structure, i.e. Y═O, and (XIV) is a suitable secondary alcohol, i.e. Z═OH, and —R12 is a suitable protecting group, such as a silyl-containing moiety. On removal of the protecting group —R12, the primary alcohol in (XVI) can be oxidised to a carboxylic acid under standard conditions involving potassium permanganate, Jones oxidation conditions, the Heyns oxidation, ruthenium tetroxide or TEMPO, generating (XII).
SPECIFIC EXAMPLES OF SYNTHESES Example 1: (S)-2-(4-Bromo-2-(isoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)propanoic acid
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00209
To a solution of (R)-tert-butyl 2-hydroxypropanoate (1.2) (2.076 g, 14.20 mmol), 4-bromo-2-(isoxazol-5-yl)phenol (1.1) (3.75 g, 15.62 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (5.21 g, 19.88 mmol) in THF (150 mL) at 0° C. was added DIAD (3.87 mL, 19.88 mmol) dropwise over 20 min. The solution was stirred for a further 15 min at 0° C. The bright yellow solution was allowed to warm to RT and stirred overnight. MeOH (10 mL) was added and volatiles removed in vacuo to afford a dark orange oil. Formic acid (55 mL, 1434 mmol) was added and the mixture heated at 70° C. for 1 h. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and excess formic acid removed by co-evaporation with toluene (30 mL). Aq. NaOH (0.5 M) was added and the aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (2×25 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified with aq. HCl (1 M) and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and adsorbed onto silica. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (80 g column, 0-100% EtOAc/isohexane) (eluting 40%) to afford (S)-2-(4-bromo-2-(isoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)propanoic acid (1.3) (1.897 g, 5.77 mmol, 40.7% yield) as an off-white solid. The product was analysed by LCMS (Waters Acquity UPLC, C18, Waters X-Bridge UPLC C18, 1.7 μm, 2.1×30 mm, Acidic (0.1% Formic acid) 10 min method, 5-95% MeCN/water): 1923-89-B2, m/z 312.122 (M+H)+ (ES+); 310.072 (M−H)− (ES−), at 3.672 min, 100% purity @ 254 nm. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.29 (s, 1H); 8.70 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H); 7.98 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H); 7.64 (dd, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H); 7.16-7.02 (m, 2H); 5.16 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1H); 1.61 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H).
To a solution of (S)-2-(4-bromo-2-(isoxazol-5-yl)phenoxy)propanoic acid (1.3) (1.017 g, 3.26 mmol) in MeCN (23 mL) was added NaHCO3 (0.274 g, 3.26 mmol) in H2O (8 mL) and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 30 min. After the alotted time, volatiles were removed in vacuo. Water was then added and the solution washed with CH2Cl2. The aqueous layer was then concentrated under reduced pressure and and excess formic acid removed by co-evaporation with toluene (30 mL). The resulting colourless solid was dried in a dessicator for 3 days. The product (1.4) was analysed by LCMS (Agilent Infinity, X-Select, Waters X-Select C18, 2.5 μm, 4.6×30 mm, Basic (0.1% Ammonium Bicarbonate) 4 min method, 5-95% MeCN/water): m/z 312.150 (M+H-Na)+ (ES+); 334.053, (M+H)+ (ES+); 312.061 (M−H)− (ES−), at 1.312 min, 100% purity @ 254 nm. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.66 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H); 7.90 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H); 7.52 (dd, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, 1H); 7.21 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H); 6.95 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 4.47 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H); 1.47 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H).
Example 2: (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(5-cyclopropyl-1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic Acid
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00210
Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.59 g, 22.88 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (2.1) (2.3 g, 11.44 mmol) and pyridine (2.78 ml, 34.3 mmol) in ethanol (20 ml) at room temperature. After 4 hours the mixture was diluted with water (200 ml), the solution was adjusted to pH 4-5 by addition of 1 M hydrochloric acid and stirred for 3 hours. The resulting precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (3×10 mL) and dried in vacuo at 45° C. for 3 days to afford (E)-5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde oxime (2.2) (1.986 g, 9.14 mmol, 80% yield) as an off-white solid. The product was analysed by LCMS (Waters Acquity UPLC, X-Select, Waters X-Select UPLC C18, 1.7 μm, 2.1×30 mm, Acidic (0.1% Formic acid) 3 min method, 5-95% MeCN/water): m/z 216/218 (M+H)+ (ES+); at 1.268 min, 99.4% purity (diode array). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.48 (s, 1H), 10.31 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J=8.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H).
N-Chlorosuccinimide (220 mg, 1.650 mmol) followed by 1 drop of 1 M hydrochloric acid were added to a stirred solution of (E)-5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde oxime (2.2) (300 mg, 1.375 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) at room temperature. After 2 hours ethynylcyclopropane (0.140 mL, 1.650 mmol) was added followed by triethylamine (0.249 mL, 1.787 mmol) and the mixture maintained at room temp for 16 hours. Saturated sodium metabisulfite solution (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred for 10 min., then diluted with 0.5 M hydrochloric acid (30 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml). Organic extracts were washed with sodium bicarbonate solution (30 ml) then brine (10 ml), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was subjected to column chromatography (24 g Grace silica cartridge) eluting with a 0-100% ethyl acetate in isohexane gradient to afford 4-bromo-2-(5-cyclopropylisoxazol-3-yl)phenol (2.3) (172 mg, 0.522 mmol, 38.0% yield) as an oil. The product was analysed by LCMS (Waters Acquity UPLC, X-Select, Waters X-Select UPLC C18, 1.7 μm, 2.1×30 mm, Acidic (0.1% Formic acid) 3 min method, 5-95% MeCN/water) m/z 280/282 (M+H)+ (ES+); 278/280 (M−H)− (ES−), at 1.753 min, 85% purity (diode array). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.34 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=8.8, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 2.21 (qt, J=8.4, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 1.13-1.05 (m, 2H), 0.97-0.90 (m, 2H).
DIAD (0.163 mL, 0.840 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 4-bromo-2-(5-cyclopropylisoxazol-3-yl)phenol (168 mg, 0.600 mmol), (R)-tert-butyl 2-hydroxypropanoate (96 mg, 0.660 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (220 mg, 0.840 mmol) in anhydrous THF (6 mL). After 2 hours reaction the solution was evaporated in vacuo to an oil. This oil was dissolved in formic acid (2 mL) and heated to 70° C. for 30 minutes. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the residue co-evaporated with toluene (4 ml). The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 mL) and extracted with 0.5 M sodium hydroxide solution (30 ml). The aqueous phase was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL), acidified to pH 3-4 by dropwise addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). Organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (12 g Grace silica cartridge) with 5-50% 99/1 ethyl acetate/acetic acid in isohexane gradient elution. Product-containing fractions were evaporated, the residue triturated with 4:1 isohexane/ethyl acetate (0.5 ml) and the solution decanted from the resulting solid which was washed with isohexane (0.5 ml) and dried overnight in vacuo at 45° C. to afford (S)-2-(4-bromo-2-(5-cyclopropylisoxazol-3-yl)phenoxy)propanoic acid (2.4) (96 mg, 0.271 mmol, 45% yield)
Example 3: (S)-2-(4-bromo-2-(isoxazol-3-yl)phenoxy)propanoic Acid
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00211
N-Chlorosuccinimide (360 mg, 2.69 mmol) followed by 1 drop of 1 M hydrochloric acid were added to a stirred solution of (E)-5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde oxime (2.2) (485 mg, 2.245 mmol) in DMF (10 mL, 129 mmol). After 1 hour ethynyltrimethylsilane (0.311 mL, 2.245 mmol) and triethylamine (0.407 mL, 2.92 mmol) were added. After 16 hours, the mixture was diluted with water (50 mL), adjusted to pH 5-6 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml). Organic extracts were washed with brine (25 ml), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL), the solution filtered then added to a 24 g silica cartridge equilibrated in isohexane. The column was eluted with 0-50% ethyl acetate in isohexane gradient to afford 4-bromo-2-(5-(trimethylsilyl)isoxazol-3-yl)phenol (3.1) (408 mg, 1.002 mmol, 44.6% yield) as an oil.
The product was analysed by LCMS (Waters Acquity UPLC, X-Select, Waters X-Select UPLC C18, 1.7 μm, 2.1×30 mm, Acidic (0.1% Formic acid) 3 min method, 5-95% MeCN/water): m/z 312/314 (M+H)+ (ES+); 310/312 (M−H)− (ES−), at 1.999 min, 76.7% purity (diode array). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.36 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (dd, J=8.8, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 0.36 (s, 9H).
DIAD (266 mg, 1.314 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 4-bromo-2-(5-(trimethylsilyl)isoxazol-3-yl)phenol (300 mg, 0.730 mmol), (R)-tert-butyl 2-hydroxypropanoate (149 mg, 1.022 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (345 mg, 1.314 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (6 ml, 0.730 mmol) at room temperature. After 2 hours the reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the residue dissolved in 4:1 isohexane/dichloromethane and applied to a 24 g silica cartridge equilibrated in isohexane which was eluted with a 0-40% ethyl acetate in isohexane gradient to give (S)-tert-butyl 2-(4-bromo-2-(5 (trimethylsilyl)isoxazol-3-yl)phenoxy)propanoate (3.2) as an oil.
This oil was dissolved in formic acid (2 mL, 0.730 mmol) and heated to 70° C. for 2 hours. then evaporated and the residue co-evaporated with toluene (4 ml). The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL) and extracted with 0.5 M sodium hydroxide solution (20 ml). After 15 minutes the aqueous phases was acidified to pH 3-4, by dropwise addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). Organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (12 g Grace silica cartridge) with 5-45% ethyl acetate/acetic acid (99/1) in isohexane gradient elution. Product-containing fractions were evaporated and the residue co-evaporated with toluene (4 mL). The residues was triturated with 4:1 isohexane/ethyl acetate (0.5 mL) and solvent decanted to give a solid product which was dried in vacuo at 45° C. overnight to afford (S)-2-(4-bromo-2-(isoxazol-3-yl)phenoxy)propanoic acid (3.3) (65 mg, 0.206 mmol, 28% yield).
TABLE A
Synthesis of compounds
Compounds of formula (I) may be synthesized by one of
Synthetic Methods A to H, as shown in the below.
Example Preparation
number IUPAC name method NMR
C1 (2S)-2-(4- A 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
chlorophenoxy) d6): δ 13.2 (s, 1H), 7.35 (m,
propanoic 2H), 6.9 (m, 2H), 4.85 (q,
acid 1H), 1.45 (d, 3H).
C2 (2S)-2-[(4- B 1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-
chlorophenyl) d6): δ 7.15 (m, 2H), 6.58
amino] (m, 2H), 3.95 (q, 1H), 1.35
propanoic acid (d, 3H).
C3 2- B 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3):
(benzyloxy) δ 9.8 (s, 1H), 7.35 (m, 5H),
propanoic 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.5 (d, 1H), 4.05
acid (q, 1H), 1.47(d, 3H).
C4 2-(4-fluoro- A 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
phenoxy) d6): δ 12.68 (s, 1H), 6.9 (m,
propanoic 4H), 4.68 (q, 1H), 1.62 (d,
acid 3H).
C5 (2S)-2- B 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3):
(benzyloxy) δ 11.3 (bs, 1H), 7.4 (m, 5H),
propanoic 4.71 (d, 1H), 4.52 (d, 1H),
acid 4.08 (q, 1H), 1.47 (d, 3H).
C6 2-(4- D 1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-
fluoro- d6): δ 13.4 (s, 1H), 7.96 (m,
benzene- 2H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 4.38 (q,
sulfonyl) 1H), 1.35 (d, 3H).
propanoic
acid
C7 2-(4- A 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
chlorophen- d6): δ 12.72 (bs, 1H), 7.23
oxy)butanoic (m, 2H), 6.83 (m, 2H), 4.52
acid (m, 1H), 1.9 (m, 2H), 1.05
(m, 3H).
C8 (2S)-2-(4- A 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3):
bromophen- δ 8.42 (bs, 1H), 7.35 (m,
oxy)propanoic 2H), 6.78 (m, 2H), 4.71 (q,
acid 1H), 1.62 (d, 3H).
C9 3-amino-2- E 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
(4- d6): δ 13.7 (bs, 1H), 8.25 (s,
fluorophen- 2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.02 (m,
oxy)propanoic 2H), 5.05 (q, 1H), 3.15 (bs,
acid 2H).
hydrochloride
C10 (2S)-2-[(4- A 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
chloronaph- d6): δ 13.2 (bs, 1H), 8.25 (d,
thalen-1- 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m,
yl)oxy] 3H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 4.98 (q,
propanoic acid 1H), 1.58 (d, 3H).
C11 4- F 1H-NMR (300 MHz,
chlorophenyl DMSO/CCl4): δ 7.41 (m,
2-(4- 2H), 7.08 (m, 6H), 5.14 (m,
chloro- 1H), 1.71 (d, 3H).
phenoxy)
propanoate
C12 (2S)-2-(5- C 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3):
bromopyrim- δ 9.65 (bs, 1H), 8.42 (m,
idin-2-yl)-3- 2H), 5.05 (dd, 1H), 2.44 (m,
methylbutano 1H), 1.2 (m, 6H).
ic acid
C13 2-[(1S)-1-(4- H 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3):
chlorophenoxy) δ 7.24 (m, 2H), 6.9 (m, 2H),
ethyl]-1,3- 4.62 (m, 1H), 4.41 (m, 1H),
oxazolidine 3.8 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 3.1
(m, 1H), 1.4 (m, 3H).
C14 2-(4- B 1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-
bromophen- d6): δ 13.1 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m,
oxy)-2-cyclo- 2H), 6.8 (m, 2H), 4.08 (d,
propylactic 1H), 1.12 (m,1H), 0.5 (m,
acid 4H).
C15 2-(4- B 1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-
bromophen- d6): δ 13.3 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s,
oxy)-3 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 6.85 (m,
acetamido- 2H), 4.70 (q, 1H), 3.61 (m,
propanoic 1H), 3.31 (m, 1H), 1.72 (s,
acid 3H).
C16 2-(4- B 1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-
bromophen- d6): δ 13.4 (bs, 1H), 7.5 (m,
oxy)-3- 3H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 4.85 (m,
methane- 1H), 3.52 (m, 1H), 3.35 (m,
sulfonamido- 1H) 2.9 (s, 3H).
propanoic acid
C17 (2S)-2-(4- G 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3):
chloro- δ 9.7 (d, 1H), 7.25 (m, 2H),
phenoxy) 6.81 (m, 2H), 4.61 (q, 1H),
propanal 1.45 (m, 3H).
C18 4-nitrophenyl F 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3):
(2S)-2-(4- δ 8.28 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 4H),
chlorophen- 6.84 (m, 2H), 5.02 (m, 1H),
oxy) 1.82 (m, 3H).
propanoate
C19 4-meth- F 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3):
oxyphenyl δ 7.3 (m, 2H), 6.92 (m, 6H),
(2S)-2-(4- 4.9 (q, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H),
chloro- 1.78 (dd, 3H).
phenoxy)
propanoate
C20 2-(4- B 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
bromophen- d6): δ 13.1 (bs, 1H), 7.42
oxy)-2-(3- (m, 2H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 4.65
ethoxycyclo- (dd, 1H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.30
butyl)acetic (m, 1H), 3.24 (m, 3H), 2.36
acid (m, 1H), 0.9 (dd, 3H).
C21 2-(4- B 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
bromophen- d6): δ 13.1 (s, 1H), 7.42 (m,
oxy)-4- 2H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 4.61 (d,
methoxy-3- 1H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.28 (m,
methyl- 2H), 2.31 (m , 3H), 1.80 (m,
butanoic acid 2H), 1.05 (t, 3H).
C22 (2S)-2-(4- A 1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3):
bromo- δ 7.41 (m, 2H), 6.78 (m, 2H),
phenoxy)- 4.41 (d, 1H), 2.38 (q, 1H),
3methyl- 1.11 (d, 6H).
butanoic acid
Table B below illustrates Example compounds defined by the general Formula (I.3.4). In table B, the HPLC System is one of the methods as defined in the Materials and methods section.
TABLE B
Illustrative Examples of the Invention
HPLC
Cpd retention Synthesis
Number IUPAC name 1H NMR time method
A-1 (2S)-2[4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 4.066 I
(1,2-oxazol-5- δ 13.29 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J = 1.9
yl)phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 2.5 Hz,
butanoic 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6 Hz,
acid 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H),
7.02 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.06
(dd, J = 6.3, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.07 -
1.94 (m, 2H), 1.00 (t, J = 7.4 Hz,
3H).
A-2 (2S)-2[4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 4.025 I
(1,2-oxazol-3- δ 13.25 (s, 1H), 9.02 (d, J = 1.7
yl)phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 2.6 Hz,
butanoic 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6 Hz,
acid 1H), 7.07 - 7.04 (m, 2H), 4.99
(dd, J = 6.3, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 1.99 -
1.88 (m, 2H), 0.96 (t, J = 7.4 Hz,
3H).
A-3 (2S)-2-[4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 4.391 I
(1,2-oxazol-3- δ 13.25 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J = 1.7
yl)phenoxy]-3- Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 2.6 Hz,
methylbutanoic 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6 Hz,
acid 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H),
7.01 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (d,
J = 4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.32 - 2.24 (m,
1H), 1.00 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H).
A-4 (2S)-2-{4-bromo- 1H NMR (500 MHz, Chloroform- 4.790 I
2-[3-(propan-2- d) δ 8.08 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H),
yl)-1,2-oxazol-5- 7.45 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H),
yl]phenoxy} 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.9 Hz,
propanoic acid 1H), 4.95 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H),
3.12 (p, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (d,
J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (d, J = 7.0
Hz, 6H).
A-5 (2S)-2-[4-bromo- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.707 I
2-(4-methyl- δ 13.21 (s, 1H), 8.74 (q, J = 1.0
1,2-oxazol-3- Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6
yl)phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 2.6 Hz,
propanoic 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H),
acid 4.94 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.98 (d,
J = 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (d, J = 6.8
Hz, 3H).
A-6 (2S)-2[4-bromo- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 4.064 I
2-chloro-6-(1,2- δ 13.02 (s, 1H), 9.07 (d, J = 1.7
oxazol-3- Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 2.5 Hz,
yl)phenoxy] 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H),
propanoic 7.04 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (q,
acid J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (d, J = 6.8
Hz, 3H).
A-7 (2S)-2-[4-chloro- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 1.63 I
2-(pyridin-2- δ 13.44 (s, 1H), 8.68 (ddd, J =
yl)phenoxy] 4.8, 1.8, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dt, J
propanoic acid = 8.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (ddd, J
= 8.0, 7.6, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d,
J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J =
8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (ddd, J =
7.5, 4.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J
= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (q, J = 6.8
Hz, 1H), 1.50 (d, J = 6.8 Hz,
3H).
A-8 (2S)-2-[4-bromo- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.975 I
2-(5-methyl- δ 13.23 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 2.6
1,2-oxazol-3- Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6
yl)phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 9.0 Hz,
propanoic 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 5.04 (q, J =
acid 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (d, J = 0.9 Hz,
3H), 1.55 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H).
A-9 (2S)-2-[4-chloro- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.34 I
2-(3-methyl-1,2,4- δ 13.24 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 2.7
oxadiazol-5- Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.8
yl)phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 9.1 Hz,
propanoic 1H), 5.09 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H),
acid 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.56 (d, J = 6.8 Hz,
3H).
A-10 (2S)-2-(2- 1HNMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.05 I
{3aH,4H,5H, 13.20 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 2.6 and
6H,6aH- Hz, 0.4H)7.68 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 4.14
cyclopenta[d][1,2] 0.6H), 7.58 - 7.54 (m, 1H), 6.94
oxazol-3-y1}-4- (app t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.15 -
bromophenoxy) 5.12 (m, 1H), 5.02 (p, J = 6.6
propanoic Hz, 1H), 4.42 - 4.37 (m, 1H),
acid 1.93 (dd, J = 13.8, 6.3 Hz, 1H),
1.77 - 1.58 (m, 4H), 1.54 (app
dd, J = 6.7, 2.6 Hz, 3H), 1.32 -
1.21 (m, 1H).
A-11 (2S)-2-[4-bromo- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 4.603 I
2-(5-cyclo- δ 13.25 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 2.6
propyl-1,2- Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6
oxazol-3- Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 9.0 Hz,
yl)phenoxy] 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 5.03 (q, J =
propanoic 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (tt, J = 8.4, 5.0
acid Hz, 1H), 1.55 (d, J = 6.7 Hz,
3H), 1.13 - 1.07 (m, 2H), 0.96 -
0.89 (m, 2H).
A-12 (2S)-2-[2-(1,3- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5.284 I
benzothiazol- δ 13.35 (s, 1H), 8.55 (d, J = 2.6
2-y1)-4-bromo- Hz, 1H), 8.17 (dt, J = 7.9, 0.9
phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 8.11 (dt, J = 8.2, 0.9
propanoic acid Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6
Hz, 1H), 7.57 (ddd, J = 8.3, 7.1,
1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (ddd, J = 8.2,
7.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 9.0
Hz, 1H), 5.29 (q, J = 6.8 Hz,
1H), 1.77 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).
A-13 (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.790 I
(1,3-thiazol-2- δ 13.28 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 2.8
yl)phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 3.2 Hz,
propanoic acid 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H),
7.46 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.8 Hz, 1H),
7.10 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.24 -
5.17 (m, 1H), 1.69 (d, J = 6.8
Hz, 3H).
A-14 (2S)-2-{4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.103 I
[(5S)-3-methyl-4,5- δ 13.16 (s, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J =
dihydro-1,2- 8.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 2.5
oxazol-5- Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.8 Hz,
yl]phenoxy} 1H), 5.63 (dd, J = 11.1, 7.2 Hz,
propanoic acid 1H), 4.93 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H),
3.43 (ddd, J = 17.4, 11.1, 1.3
Hz, 1H), 2.89 (ddd, J = 17.3,
7.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 1.92 (s, 3H),
1.50 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).
A-15 (2S)-2-{4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.198 I
[(5R)-3-methyl-4,5- δ 13.04 (s, br, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J =
dihydro-1,2- 8.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.6
oxazol-5-yl] Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.8 Hz,
phenoxy} 1H), 5.64 (dd, J = 11.0, 6.8 Hz,
propanoic acid 1H), 4.94 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H),
3.48 (ddd, J = 17.5, 11.0, 1.3
Hz, 1H), 2.92 (dd, J = 17.7, 6.8
Hz, 1H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.52 (d, J
= 6.8 Hz, 3H).
A-16 (2S)-2[4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.622 I
(1 ,2-oxazol-3- δ 13.24 (s, 1H), 9.01 (d, J = 1.7
yl)phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 2.6 Hz,
propanoic acid 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6 Hz,
1H), 7.11 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H),
7.06 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (q,
J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.55 (d, J = 6.7
Hz, 3H).
A-17 (2S)-2-[4-bromo- 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform- 2.168 1
2-(3-methyl-1,2- d) δ 8.10 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H),
oxazol-5- 7.45 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.5 Hz, 1H),
yl)phenoxy] 6.76 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.96 (q,
propanoic acid J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H),
1.76 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).
A-18 (2S)-2[4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 0.677 I
(1H-imidazol-2- δ 8.12 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (3 minute
yl)phenoxy] (dd, J = 8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39 method)
propanoic acid (s, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H),
5.10 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.62 (d,
J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).
A-19 (2S)-2[4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol- 1.179 I
(1H-imidazol-4- d4) δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.85(d, J =
yl)phenoxy] 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.37
propanoic acid (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.97
(d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (q, J =
6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.62 (d, J = 6.7 Hz,
3H).
A-20 (2S)-2[4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.434 I
(oxolan-3- δ 13.16 (s, 1H), 7.34 (m, 2H), and
yl)phenoxy] 6.84-6.76 (m, 1H), 4.89 (m, 3.532
propanoic acid 1H), 4.05 - 3.93 (m, 1H), 3.89
(m, 1H), 3.79 (q, J = 7.5 Hz,
1H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 2.21 (m, 1H),
2.09 - 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.52 (d, J =
6.7 Hz, 3H).
A-21 (2R)-2-[4-bromo- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.537 K
2-(1,2-oxazol-5- δ 8.72 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.00
yl)phenoxy]-3- (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J =
fluoropropanoic 9.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 9.0
acid Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 1.9 Hz,
1H), 5.53 (dt, J = 30.6, 2.8 Hz,
1H), 4.98 (dqd, J = 48.1, 10.7,
2.8 Hz, 2H).
A-22 (2S)-244-bromo- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.667 I
2-(1,2-oxazol-5- 8.66 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H); 7.90 (d,
yl)phenoxy] J = 2.6 Hz, 1H); 7.52 (dd, J =
propanoic 9.0, 2.6 Hz, 1H); 7.21 (d, J = 1.9
acid Hz, 1H); 6.95 (d, J = 9.0 Hz,
1H); 4.47(q, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H);
1.47 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H).
A-23 (2S)-2-[4-chloro-2- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.186 I
(1,3-dimethyl-1H- δ 13.15 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H),
pyrazol-4- 7.25 (dq, J = 5.6, 2.7 Hz, 2H),
yl)phenoxy] 6.94 - 6.80 (m, 1H), 4.86 (q, J =
propanoic acid 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.20
(s, 3H), 1.48 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H).
A-24 (2S)-2-[4-chloro- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.183 I
2-(1H-pyrazol-3- δ 13.19 (s, 2H), 7.89 (d, J = 2.8
yl)phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J
propanoic = 8.8, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J =
acid 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 2.1 Hz,
1H), 5.01 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H),
1.57 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H).
A-25 (2S)-2-[4-chloro- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 4.606 I
2-(thiophen-2- δ 13.27 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 2.6
yl)phenoxy] Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 3.8, 1.2
propanoic acid Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.2
Hz, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.6
Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J = 5.2, 3.7
Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.9 Hz,
1H), 5.04 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H),
1.62 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H).
A-26 (2S)-2-[4-chloro- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.533 I
2-(1,2-oxazol-5- δ 13.28 (br. s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J =
yl)phenoxy] 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 2.7 Hz,
propanoic acid 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.7 Hz,
1H), 7.20 - 7.03 (m, 2H), 5.15
(q, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.60 (d, J =
6.7 Hz, 3H).
A-27 (2S)-2-[4-chloro- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.130 I
2-(1-methyl-1H- δ 13.16 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H),
pyrazol-4- 8.02 (d, J = 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d,
yl)phenoxy] J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J =
propanoic 8.8, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 8.9
acid Hz, 1H), 4.98 (q, J = 6.7 Hz,
1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.59 (d, J =
6.7 Hz, 3H).
A-28 (2S)-2-[2-(1,3- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 4.227 I
benzothiazol-2- δ 13.22 (s, 1H), 8.47 (dd, J =
yl)phenoxy] 7.9, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.19 - 8.02 (m,
propanoic 2H), 7.60 - 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.23 -
acid 7.06 (m, 2H), 5.25 (q, J = 6.7
Hz, 1H), 1.77 (d, J = 6.7 Hz,
3H).
A-29 (2S)-2[4-bromo-2- 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 1.088 I
(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2- δ 13.20 (s, 1H), 9.39 (s, 1H),
yl)phenoxy] 7.99 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76
propanoic acid (dd, J = 9.0, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.09
(d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (q, J =
6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.54 (d, J = 6.8 Hz,
3H).
A-30 (2S)-2-[4-chloro- 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.22 I
2-(1H-pyrazol-1- δ 13.32 (s, 1H), 8.45 (dd, J =
yl)phenoxy] 2.5, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J =
propanoic acid 1.7, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 2.7
Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.7
Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 9.0 Hz,
1H), 6.53 (dd, J = 2.5, 1.8 Hz,
1H), 5.11 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H),
1.53 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).

Description of Pharmacological Methods and Drawings
Isolation of Muscles from Rats and Human, Ethical Approval, Dissection of Muscles, Solutions, and Chemicals
Experiments were performed using rat soleus muscles from either young (4-wk-old) or adult Wistar rats (12-14-week-old). Animal handling, killing and isolation of muscle is described elsewhere All experiments were performed using normal Krebs-Ringer bicarbonate solution (NKR). In solutions with elevated Mg2+, MgCl2 was added to NKR-solution causing minor increases in osmolarity and ionic strength. In solutions with elevated K+, 4 mM NaCl was replaced by 4 mM KCl in the NKR.
For experiments conducted using human abdominal muscle, details on patients, approval and the approaches for isolation, transportation, and experimentation are available elsewhere
Electrical Stimulation, Contractile Force and M-Waves
In all contraction experiments, isometric force production was determined and force produced during contractions was quantified by measuring the integral of the force response (AUC). Stimulation and force recordings have been described elsewhere. Briefly, muscles were stimulated to contract in three different ways (FIG. 1): i) When using field stimulation (25-30 V/cm) and pulses with a duration of 0.2 ms, the muscles could be stimulated directly without requirements of a functional motor nerve. ii) If the duration of the pulses used in the field stimulation was only 0.02 ms, the contractile force could be completely suppressed by the nicotinic ACh receptor antagonist tubocurarine. This shows that stimulation with short pulses activates the muscles indirectly through stimulation of the attached motor nerve. iii) Stimulation could be isolated to the motor nerve after it had been sucked into a glass capillary. In these latter experiments, extracellular recordings of action potentials (M-waves) could be measured without temporal overlap with stimulation artefacts.
Cable Properties and Endplate Potentials
Isolated soleus muscles from adult rats or human abdominal muscles preparations were placed in a chamber and the resting membrane conductance (Gm) was measured in individual fibers using electrophysiological techniques described in detail elsewhere (FIG. 4). Gm reflects function of ion channels that are open at the resting membrane potential. In skeletal muscle, Gm is dominated by CIC-1 Cl− channels and for this reason an effect of a compound on Gm predominantly reflects alterations in CIC-1 function. To ensure that the compound indeed affected CIC-1 function, recordings were in some cases repeated in the presence of the CIC-1 inhibitor 9-AC (100 μM) to quantify for effects of the compounds on K+ channels. To determine affinity of CIC-1 channels for a particular compound, Gm was plotted against compound concentration and a Boltzmann sigmoidal function was fitted to the data to obtain Kd of the compound (Table 2).
To measure endplate potentials (EPPs), soleus muscles from adult rats were placed in a chamber and the motor nerve was stimulated. To only measure EPPs, 1 μM of μ-conotoxin GiiiB was added to solution. All recordings were corrected for variation in resting membrane potential using −80 mV as the standard
Pharmacokinetic Analysis and Test of C8 in Rat Models of Myasthenia Gravis
The pharmacokinetic analysis of a single, intraperitoneal (I.P.) dose of C8 (10 mg/kg) was studied in young (4 weeks old) Sprague-Dawley rats. This part of the study was performed by Pipeline Biotech A/S (Sparring, Denmark). 24 animals were injected with C8 and three animals were sacrificed at times 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr, 24 hr after injection and plasma concentrations of C8 was determined using Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (LC-MS). Plasma concentrations (free and bound) were determined by OnTarget Chemistry (Uppsala, Sweden, Project No.: PB243-001).
Two sets of in vivo experiments were performed with C8: In the first series of experiments I.P. tubocurarine at (0.13 mg/kg) was used to induce a myasthenia like phenotype while in the second series of experiments a passive immunization model of myasthenia gravis was used in which rats were injected I.P. with a monoclonal antibody against the acetylcholine receptors at the neuromuscular endplate (MAB35, GTX14187, Genetex, 0.4-0.6 mg/kg). In both series of experiments, running performance was tested on a rotarod using a protocol where the rod was accelerated gradually over a 5 min period, and the running time and covered distance before falling off the rod were measured. To accustom the animals to the rotarod, the animals were tested three times on two consecutive days and animals that failed to complete the 5 min of running on the last day of familiarization period were not used in experiments. Experiments with tubocurarine were carried out over two days, and on each day the effect of tubocurarine on running performance was tested. On the first day only tubocurarine was injected. Animals that failed to respond to tubocurarine were not used on the next day of experimentation. On the second day, the animals were first allowed to run on the rotarod, and all animals performed normally. This shows that effects of the tubocurarine that had been injected on the day before had completely disappeared. Animals were then divided into two groups: One group was injected with 20 mg/kg C8 while the other group received sham treatment. 2 hrs after the C8 or sham injection, the second injection of tubocurarine was administered and the animals running performance on the rotarod was tested. The allocation of the animals into the two groups (C8 or sham) was random and unknown to the experimenter (blinded experimental design).
In experiments with MAB35, animals were first familiarized with the rotarod over two consecutive days and then injected I.P. with MAB35. After injection, rotarod performance was then again monitored regularly over the consecutive two days. Performance generally started to decline within 21-43 hrs after MAB35 injection, and if a stable reduction in performance was obtained, the animals were administered either C8 or sham. A considerable number of animals, however, became moribund failing to walk and they had altered ventilation (rapid) and pronounced ptosis. These animals were not included in experiments. Animals with a stable reduction in performance were injected with C8 (20 or 30 mg/kg) or sham treated and their performance were again monitored 2, 4, and 6 hrs after C8 or sham injection.
Example 4: Experimental Approach for Testing Compounds
The aim was to find compounds that by inhibition of CIC-1 channels can recover nerve-stimulated force under conditions of fatigue including conditions where fatigue is caused by compromised neuromuscular transmission. Neuromuscular transmission dysfunction can develop because of both pre- and/or post-synaptic complications in connection with a disorder or as part of neuromuscular blockade during/after surgery.
In the initial series of drug testing, experiments were performed with isolated muscles in the presence of sub-maximal ACh receptor antagonist tubocurarine. Since the inclusion of tubocurarine caused a partial loss of neuromuscular transmission this experiment mimics the conditions in myasthenia gravis and neuromuscular blockade. To mimic conditions with pre-synaptic complication (Lambert Eaton syndrome, motor neuron disorder, polyneuropathy) the intact nerve-muscle preparations were incubated at elevated extracellular Mg2+, which is known to suppress release of ACh from nerve terminals of motor neurons.
Experiments shown in FIG. 1 were performed to confirm that tubocurarine and elevated extracellular Mg2+ specifically suppressed neuromuscular transmission without affecting the capacity of the muscle fibers to generate force. The experiments also illustrate that field stimulation of the entire nerve-muscle preparation selectively activates the motor nerve when short-duration pulses (0.02 vs 0.2 ms) were used. In FIG. 1A the preparation was stimulated either via field stimulation or via nerve-stimulation using a suction electrode. With the suction electrode only the nerve could be stimulated. When exposed to a submaximal concentration of the ACh receptor antagonist tubocurarine (0.2 μM) a clear drop in peak force and a further decline (or fade) in force during the stimulation developed. This drop in force clearly reflected compromised neuromuscular transmission, as the decline in peak force and fading were not seen with direct stimulation of the muscle. Recordings of M-waves in the muscle in FIG. 1A show that tubocurarine caused marked decline in M-wave signal during the stimulation (compare inserts i and ii in FIG. 1A). Thus, loss of M-wave and force with tubocurarine reflected partial blockade of neuromuscular function. Such fading of force and M-waves during stimulation represent clinical hallmarks of both myasthenia gravis and neuromuscular blockade in connection with surgery. In FIG. 1B, observations with normal (0.2 ms) and short-duration (0.02 ms) pulses have been compared. It can be seen that only with short-duration pulses did tubocurarine cause a decline in peak force and fading (FIG. 1B). This confirms that short-duration pulses in field stimulation could be used as specific nerve-stimulation. FIG. 1C shows that also elevated extracellular Mg2+ primarily affected nerve-stimulated force while it did not affect force when the muscle was stimulated directly. Elevated extracellular Mg2+ could thus be used to partially block neuromuscular transmission and thus be used as a model of conditions with compromised pre-synaptic function (Lambert Eaton syndrome, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy).
Example 5: Proof-of-Concept that CIC-1 Inhibition can Overcome Loss of Neuromuscular Transmission in Conditions Mimicking Neuromuscular Disorders
To initially confirm that inhibition of CIC-1 ion channels can be used to recover contractile force in muscle with reduced neuromuscular transmission, isolated nerve-muscle preparations were first exposed to either tubocurarine (FIG. 2A) or elevated Mg2+ (FIG. 2B) and then a specific CIC-1 inhibitor (9-AC) was added. It can be seen that CIC-1 inhibition caused a marked recovery of both force and M-wave signal in both conditions. This demonstrates the novel concept that CIC-1 channel inhibition can alleviate loss of force induced by compromised neuromuscular transmission. Similar observations were seen in EDL and diaphragm muscles from both young and adult rats (data not shown). 9-AC does not have the potential to be used as a pharmaceutical.
Example 6: Identification of Useful Compounds for Improving Neuromuscular Transmission
To identify CIC-1 inhibitors that could be used for treatment of neuromuscular disorders we repeated the experiment shown in FIG. 2A but instead of adding 9-AC we added the compounds of interest in different concentrations within the range from 10 to 500 μM. The starting point for finding CIC-1 inhibitors was derivatives of clofibrate that have been shown to have CIC-1 inhibiting actions (Table 1). FIG. 3A shows representative nerve-stimulated force in two muscles during such an experiment before and during exposure to tubocurarine. In one of the muscles (black trace), 50 μM of a test compound (C8) was added after 40 mins in tubocurarine. For comparison with the muscle only exposed to tubocurarine (grey trace), the two traces have been overlaid. It can be seen that while tubocurarine affected the two muscles equally before C8 addition (middle traces), the muscle receiving C8 recovered markedly when compared to its force before C8 addition and especially when compared to the other muscle that did not get C8 (right traces). To quantify the recovery of force with compounds such as C8, the force integrals (AUC) were determined for each contraction during an experiment and these AUC values were related to AUC before addition of tubocurarine. FIG. 3B shows average AUC observations of force during experiments in which muscles at tubocurarine were exposed to C8. For comparison, muscles only exposed to tubocurarine have been included. The dotted line indicates the recovery of force with C8 when compared to the force production before its addition. This value was used in Table 1 for evaluation of the efficacy of the different compounds in recovering force. Please note that force produced by the muscles only exposed to tubocurarine continued to fall after C8 had been added to the other group of muscles. This shows that C8 is able to recover force despite a progressively stronger suppressive action of tubocurarine.
TABLE 1
Recovery of nerve-stimulated force by some compounds in isolated
rat soleus muscles exposed to sub-maximal tubocurarine concentration.
AUC force was first determined after 40 min in tubocurarine
(column 3) and related to nerve-stimulated force prior to addition
of tubocurarine. The AUC at the different concentrations of
compounds (columns 4-6) is the % change in AUC compared to
the AUC before addition (column 3).
Force
before
addition 50 μM 150 μM 500 μM
of % % %
compound change change change
% of after after after
IUPAC control addition addition addition n
C5 (2S)-2-(benzyl- 24 −7 1 42 2
oxy)propanoic
acid
C6 2-(4-fluoro- 39 −11 −8 9 5
benzenesulfonyl)
propanoic acid
C7 2-(4-chloro- 41 −12 0 40 2
phenoxy)butanoic
acid
C8 (2S)-2-(4-bromo- 36 16 23 NT 10
phenoxy)propanoic
acid
C9 3-amino-2-(4-fluoro- 57 −14 −13 5 2
phenoxy)propanoic
acid hydrochloride
C11 4-chlorophenyl 38 46 54 NT 4
2-(4-fluoro-
phenoxy)propanoate
C21 2-(4-bromophenoxy)- 54 −3 7 36 2
4-methoxy-3-
methylbutanoic acid
C22 (2S)-2-(4-
bromophenoxy)- 42 16 NT NT 2
3methylbutanoic acid
NT: Not Tested
In a separate series of experiments with 8 isolated rat soleus muscles, ACh receptors were inhibited using 2 μM rocuronium, which is a clinically used neuromuscular blocking agent. Under these conditions the nerve-stimulated force was reduced to 51±5% of force before rocuronium. When 50 μM C8 was subsequently added nerve-stimulated contractile force was significantly recovered to 81±4% of force before rocuronium (p<0.01). This illustrates the potential of these compounds to be used as reversal agents.
The next series of experiments determined whether the compounds that recovered nerve-stimulated force in the presence of tubocurarine could also recover nerve-stimulated force at elevated extracellular Mg2+. To do this the experiment depicted in FIG. 2B was repeated with C8. As in FIG. 3, AUC was quantified for each contraction and the capacity of C8 to recover force at elevated Mg2+ was evaluated from the recovery of AUC compared to AUC immediately before application of the compound (Table 2).
TABLE 2
Recovery of nerve-stimulated force with
compounds in isolated rat soleus muscles
exposed to 3.5 mM Mg2+. AUC force was first
determined after 70 min at elevated extracellular
Mg2+ (column 3) and related to nerve-stimulated
force prior to addition of additional Mg2+. The
AUC at the different concentrations of compounds
(columns 4 and 5) is the % change in AUC
compared to the AUC before Mg2+ elevation
(column 3). As in experiments with tubocurarine,
please note that force kept dropping
in muscles only exposed to elevated Mg2+.
Force
before
addition of 50 μM 100 μM
compound % change % change
% of after after
IUPAC control addition addition n
C8 (2S)-2-(4- 38 ± 6 13 ± 4 26 ± 5 2
bromophenoxy)
propanoic acid
Example 7: Effect of Compounds on CIC-1 Channels—Target Validation
The effect of compounds on CIC-1 ion channels was determined in muscle from adult rats using electrophysiological techniques described elsewhere. With this technique, three electrodes were placed in the same muscle fiber and by injecting small current pulses through two electrodes it was possible to obtain the voltage responses to this current injection at three inter-electrode distances. Examples of voltage responses at the three inter-electrode distances in a control fiber and in a fiber at 10 μM C8 are presented in FIG. 4A. By plotting the steady state deflection of the voltage responses against inter-electrode distance, Gm can be determined from fits of the data to a two-parameter exponential function (FIG. 4B). The lines connecting data points in FIG. 4B show fits of data to the two-parameter exponential function. Such recordings were performed for relevant compounds for a range of compound concentrations, and in FIG. 4C the observations of Gm at the different concentrations of C8 have been plotted. A Kd for a particular compound was obtained by fitting the data of Gm in FIG. 4C to a sigmoidal function (line in FIG. 4C). Such Kd values have been included in Table 2 for relevant compounds. The observations in Table 2 show that compounds that were particular effective in recovering nerve-stimulated force in muscle with compromised neuromuscular transmission (Tables 1 and 2) were also potent inhibitors of Gm (Table 3).
Also included are Kd values for compounds when tested in human muscle using an approach identical to that in rat muscle.
TABLE 3
Effect of different compounds on
Gm in isolated rat and human muscles.
Gm Kd for
No ClC-1
Compound inhibition
C8 642 ± 25, n = 33   9 μM
Rat
C8 430 ± 41, n = 5  5.5 μM
Human
C22 642 ± 25, n = 33 4.1 μM
rat
Example 8: Combination Treatments
CIC-1 is a novel target in treatment of neuromuscular complications and it was therefore explored whether this approach for symptomatic treatment could be used in combination with existing symptomatic treatment approaches. In myasthenia gravis, which in isolated muscles was mimicked by tubocurarine, the symptoms of muscle fatigue are most commonly treated with inhibitors of acethylcholineesterase of which neostigmine and pyridostigmine are examples. Also, neostigmine is the most commonly used reversal agent of neuromuscular blocked after surgery. To test if CIC-1 inhibitors and neostigmine or pyridsostigmine can be used in combination, the concentration of tubocurarine that was required to depress nerve-stimulated force by 50% (Kd,tub) was determined in four experimental conditions: i) control conditions, ii) with CIC-1 inhibitor alone, iii) with neostigmine or pyridostigmine alone, and iv) with neostigmine or pyridostigmine and CIC-1 inhibitor together. FIG. 5A-D show recordings of nerve-stimulated force production at different tubocurarine concentrations when tested under the four experimental conditions. It can be seen that C8 (FIG. 5B) and neostigmine (FIG. 5C) both resulted in elevated nerve-stimulated force when compared to control (FIG. 5A). The force was, however, best maintained when both neostigmine and C8 were used (FIG. 5D). To quantify the effect of compounds on tubocurarine sensitivity, the force at the different tubocurarine concentrations was determined. In plots of nerve-stimulated force against tubocurarine concentration (FIG. 5E) Kd,tub was determined by fitting four parameter sigmoidal functions to the data and the Kd,tub for the different compounds have been collected in Table 4.
TABLE 4
Effect of neostigmine, pyridostigmine, CIC-1 inhibitor, and
combination of neostigmine or pyridostigmine and
CIC-1 inhibitor on Kd,tub.
Compound Compound
(50 μM) + (50 μM) +
Neo- Pyrido- Com- Neo- Pyrido-
Com- stigmine stigmine pound stigmine stigmine
pound Control (10 nM) (100 nM) (50 μM) (10 nM) (100 nM)
C8 118 ± 5 166 ± 13 177 ± 7 218 ± 18
nM nM*,** nM*,** nM*
C8 118 ± 5 127 ± 15 177 ± 7 186 ± 5
nM nM nM*,** nM*
*Indicates significantly different from control.
**Significantly different from the combination of neostigmine and compound.
While the use of tubocurarine mimics conditions with reduced neuromuscular transmission due to post-synaptic dysfunction (myasthenia gravis, neuromuscular blockade), the experiments with elevated extracellular Mg2+ mimics conditions with pre-synaptic dysfunction akin to a range of neuromuscular disorders including Lambert Eaton syndrome, motor neuron disorders and polyneuropathy. Patients with Lambert Eaton syndrome are commonly treated with inhibitors of voltage gated K+ channels such as 3,4-diaminopyridine (3,4-AP). Based on this it was determined whether recovery of nerve-stimulated force at elevated extracellular Mg2+ with CIC-1 inhibiting compounds could be added to force recovery with 3,4-AP. This was done by determining the concentration of Mg2+ that was required to depress nerve-stimulated force by 50% (Kd,Mg2+) in four experimental conditions: i) in control conditions, ii) with 3,4-AP alone, iii) with C8 alone, and iv) with 3,4-AP and C8 together. FIG. 6A-D show recordings of nerve-stimulated force production at different Mg2+ concentrations when tested under these four experimental conditions. It can be seen that with both 3,4-AP and CIC-1 inhibitor did the nerve-stimulated force at elevated Mg2+ remain elevated when compared to control. The force was, however, best maintained when the combination of both 3,4-AP and CIC-1 inhibitor was used. To quantify the effect of compounds on Mg2+ sensitivity the force at the different Mg2+ concentrations was determined. In plots of nerve-stimulated force against Mg2+ concentration (FIG. 6E) the Kd,Mg2+ was determined by fitting four parameter sigmoidal function to the data. Kd, Mg2+ for the different compounds have been collected in Table 5.
TABLE 5
Effect of 3,4-AP, ClC-1 inhibitor and combination of
3,4-AP and ClC-1 inhibitor on Kd, Mg2+
Compound
Com- (50 μM) +
Com- 3,4-AP pound 3,4-AP
pound IUPAC Control (10 μM) (50 μM) (10 μM)
C8 (2S)-2-(4- 3.5 ± 0.1 5.8 ± 0.3 4.0 ± 0.1 7.8 ± 0.5
bromophenoxy) mM mM*, ** mM*, ** mM*
propanoic acid n = 6 n = 3 n = 7 n = 4
*Indicates significantly different from control.
**Significantly different from the combination of 3,4-AP and compound.
As illustrated in table 5, combination therapy using C8 and 3,4-diaminopyridine results in an unexpected synergistic effect on recovery of neuromuscular transmission.
Example 9: Effect of CIC-1 Inhibitor on Endplate Potentials (EPPs)
Experiments with intracellular electrodes inserted near visible nerves in rat soleus muscles enabled recordings of EPPs upon nerve stimulation. To prevent action potential initiation upon nerve stimulation, μ-conotoxin GiiiB (1 μM) was included in the incubation solution to inhibit voltage gated Na+ channels in the muscle fibers (NaV1.4). As shown by representative recordings in FIG. 7A the EPP amplitude became larger when C8 was used to inhibit CIC-1 channels. FIG. 7B show summarized data from all fibers. Both 10 and 25 μM C8 caused significantly larger EPPs when compared to control conditions.
Example 10: CIC-1 Inhibition can Recover Contractile Force in Human Muscles Under Conditions that Mimic Critical Illness Myopathy
Critical illness myopathy (CIM) is a condition that develops in around 30% of critically ill patients in intensive care units. The condition is diagnosed from a loss of muscle excitability as evaluated from reduction in compound muscle action potentials. The associated muscle weakness prevents patients from weaning from mechanical ventilation and therefore increases the stay in intensive care units. At the cellular level, CIM is associated with loss of NaV1.4 function and muscle fibers become depolarized. To evaluate whether CIC-1 inhibition can recover muscle function in such conditions, depolarization and loss of NaV1.4 function in CIM were mimicked in experiments with isolated human muscles. Fibers were depolarized by raised extracellular K+, and loss of NaV1.4 function was induced by a small dose of NaV1.4 inhibitor TTX. As shown by FIG. 8, the contractile force declined upon introducing the elevated K+ and TTX. However, contractile force was markedly recovery upon addition of C8. This confirms that compounds that inhibit CIC-1 such as C8 can prevent loss of force due to depolarization and NaV1.4 loss of function—the mechanisms underlying CIM.
Example 11: Pharmacokinetic Analysis of C8 in Rats and Effect of CIC-1 Inhibition in Animal Models of Myasthenia Gravis
Before conducting in vivo experiments with animal models of myasthenia gravis, some pharmacokinetic details were obtained for C8 in response to one-bolus I.P. injection. The details from these experiments have been summarized in Table 6:
TABLE 6
PK parameters for C8 tested in rats.
Parameter Unit Value
t1/2 h 3.70
Tmax h 0.5
Cmax ng/ml 44600
CO ng/ml 24533
AUC 0-t ng/ml * h 203635
AUC 0-inf_obs ng/ml * h 205381
AUC 0-t/0- 0.9915
inf_obs
VD_obs ml 259.62
Cl_obs ml/h 48.69
In the first series of in vivo experiments, myasthenia gravis was simply mimicked by I.P. injection of tubocurarine (0.13 mg/kg) in animals that had been familiarized to running on the rotarod. On the first of two consecutive days, tubocurarine was injected I.P. and the running performance of the animal was tested 21 minutes after this injection. On the second day of experimentation, the animals first performed a test run to ensure that they were no longer affected by the tubocurarine injected the day before. Then C8 (20 mg/kg) or sham treatment were injected I.P. and allowed to act for 2 hrs before again injecting tubocurarine. Animals were again tested 21 minutes after this second tubocurarine treatment. This experimental design enabled a paired analysis of whether the sham or C8 injections on the second day changed the response of the animals to tubocurarine. It should also be noted that the experimenter did not know which animals had been given C8 or sham treatment. The design of the experiments has been illustrated in FIG. 9A and the results from the experiments are illustrated in FIG. 9B-D. As can be seen from FIG. 9B, the animals that were administered sham-treatment covered almost identical distances on the two days. C8 treated animals, however, were able to cover significantly longer distance on the rotarod on the second day when compared to their own performance on the first day. Thus, C8 treated animals ran around 150% longer on the second day (FIG. 9C) clearly contrasting that sham-treated animals only ran around 2% longer. To demonstrate that the marked improvement upon C8 administration was a general response of the animals and not just a rare observation in a few animals, FIG. 9D shows the number of animals in the two groups (sham and C8) that had a performance increase of at least 100% on the second day.
In the last series of experiments, myasthenia gravis was mimicked in rats by inducing an immunological reaction against the motor endplate of muscle fibers using monoclonal antibody against the nicotinic ACh receptor in muscle fibers. Again the animals had been familiarized to the rotarod before the MAB35 injection. As shown in FIG. 10, symptoms of reduced performance developed 21-43 hrs after injection of MAB35. When a stable reduction in performance was observed, the animals were administered either C8 or sham. From FIG. 10 it can be seen that upon injection sham treatment the performance further declined. This decline was reduced when 20 mg/kg C8 was injected and with the larger dose of C8 (30 mg/kg) there was a clear recovery of performance. While there was no difference in performance between the three groups of animals before sham or C8 injections, the performance in the groups of animals treated with C8 was significantly better than sham-treated animals after injection.
Example 12: Electrophysiological Measurement of Compound Inhibition of CIC-1 in Rat Muscle
The investigatory goal of these experiments was to evaluate whether compounds inhibit CIC-1 channels in native tissue of rat skeletal muscle fibres. Apparent CIC-1 affinity was reported by the concentration of compound at which 50% of the compound's full inhibition of CIC-1 was observed (EC50).
CIC-1 Cl− ion channels generate around 80% of the total membrane conductance (Gm) in resting skeletal muscle fibres of most animals including rat and human. Other ion channels that contribute to Gm can therefore be considered negligible, and it is possible to evaluate whether a compound inhibits CIC-1 in rat muscle by comparing Gm measurements before and after exposure to a compound. CIC-1 inhibition would in such recordings be reflected by a reduction of Gm.
Experimentally, Gm was measured in individual fibres of whole rat soleus muscles using a three micro-electrodes technique described in this example and in full detail elsewhere. Briefly, intact rat soleus muscles were dissected out from 12-14 week old Wistar rats and placed in an experimental chamber that was perfused with a standard Krebs Ringer solution containing 122 mM NaCl, 25 mM NaHCO3, 2.8 mM KCl, 1.2 mM KH2PO4, 1.2 mM MgSO4, 1.3 mM CaC2, 5.0 mM D-glucose. During experiments, the solution was kept at approx. 30° C. and continuously equilibrated with a mixture of 95% O2 and 5% CO2, pH ˜7.4. The experimental chamber was placed in Nikon upright microscope that was used to visualize individual muscle fibres and the three electrodes (glass pipettes filled with 2 M potassium citrate). For Gm measurements, the electrodes were inserted into the same fibre with known inter-electrode distances of 0.35-0.5 mm (V1-V2, X1) and 1.1-1.5 mm (V1-V3, X3) (FIG. 1A). The membrane potential of the impaled muscle fibre was recorded by all electrodes. Two of the electrodes were furthermore used to inject 50 ms current pulses of −30 nA. Given the positions of the electrodes, three different inter-electrode distances could be identified (X1-X2, X1-X3, X2-X3) and hence the membrane potential responses to the current injections could be obtained at three distances from the point of current injection. The steady state voltage deflection at each distance was divided by the magnitude of current injected (−30 nA) and the resulting transfer resistances were plotted against inter-electrode distance and the data was fitted to a mono-exponential function from which Gm could be calculated using linear cable theory (FIG. 1B).
To establish a dose response relationship, Gm was first determined in 10 muscle fibres in the absence of compound and then at four increasing compound concentrations with Gm determinations in 5-10 fibres at each concentration. The average Gm values at each concentration were plotted against compound concentration and the data was fitted to sigmoidal function to obtain an EC50 value (FIG. 1C). Table 7 shows the EC50 values for a range of compounds with n values referring to number of experiments that each reflect recordings from around 50 fibres.
TABLE 7
Inhibition of ClC-1 ion channel
using compounds of the invention
Compound investigated EC50 (μM)
Compound A-2 4 (n = 1)
Compound A-11 11.1 (n = 1)
Compound A-16 1.8 ± 1.1 (n = 4)
Compound A-22 7.5 ± 3.0 (n = 6)
In conclusion, this example demonstrates that the compounds of the present invention have an EC50 value in the range of 1-12 μM.
Example 13: Measurement of Force in an In Vitro Model
The current invention relates to compounds that inhibit CIC-1 ion channels and increase muscle excitability and thereby improve muscle function in clinical conditions where muscle activation is failing. Such conditions result in loss of contractile function of skeletal muscle, weakness and excessive fatigue. In this series of experiments the compounds were tested for their ability to restore contractile function of isolated rat muscle when the neuromuscular transmission had been compromised akin to neuromuscular disorders.
Experimentally, soleus muscles from 4-5 wk old rats were isolated with the motor nerve remaining attached. The nerve-muscle preparations were mounted in experimental setups that enabled electrical stimulation of the motor nerve. Stimulation of the motor nerve led to activation of the muscle fibres and ensuing force production that was recorded. The nerve-muscle preparations were also in these experiments incubated in the standard Krebs Ringer (see example) and the solution was heated to 30° C. and continuously equilibrated with a mixture of 95% O2 and 5% CO2, pH ˜7.4.
After mounting the nerve-muscle preparation in the experimental setup, the contractile function of the muscle was initially assessed under the control conditions (FIG. 2A). Sub-maximal concentration of tubocurarine (115 nM), an acetylcholine receptors antagonist, was then added to the experimental bath to impose partial inhibition of the ability of the motor nerve to activate the muscle fibres. The experimental condition mimics the failing neuromuscular transmission in a range of neuromuscular disorders. After addition of tubocurarine the contractile force declined over the next 90 mins to 10-50% of the control force. 50 μM of the test compound was then added and the contractile force recovered despite the continued presence of tubocurarine. To quantify the ability of the compound to restore force the percentage of the initial force that was restored was determined after 40 mins of compound exposure (FIG. 2B) and the point increase is reported in Table 8.
TABLE 8
Percentage increase of initial force that was restored
Compound investigated Point increase (%)
Compound A-2 27
Compound A-11 19
Compound A-16 48
Compound A-22 27
In conclusion, this example demonstrates that the compounds of the present invention are able to increase muscle excitability and thereby improve muscle function in clinical conditions. The muscle contractility was recovered by 15-40% points, which meant almost complete restoration of the force.

Claims (19)

What is claimed is:
1. A compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00212
wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
R2 is a 5-6 membered aromatic heterocycle or an 8-10 membered bicyclic heterocycle each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6; or alternatively, R1 can be H and if R1 is H, then R2 is a 5-6 membered aromatic heterocycle or an 8-10 membered aromatic bicyclic heterocycle each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6 and wherein R2 is not a 3-thiophene, an N-linked pyrrole, a 2,3-dihydro-2-benzothiazolyl or a 2-benzothiazolyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl,
—C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl,
—C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl,
—C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R2 is a 5 membered aromatic heterocycle, wherein each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
3. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is of Formula (II.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00213
wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl,
—C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl,
—C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl,
—C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
4. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is of Formula (III.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00214
wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl,
—C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
m is an integer 0, 1 or 2; and
n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
5. The compound according to claim 1, wherein n is 0, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
6. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R4 is C1-5 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
7. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R5 is hydrogen,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
8. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound has the following structure:
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00215
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
9. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound has the following structure:
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00216
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
10. A method of inhibiting a CIC-1 ion channel in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
11. A method of treating or ameliorating a neuromuscular disorder in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof, wherein the neuromuscular disorder is selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), X-linked spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy, Kennedy's disorder, multifocal motor neuropathy, Guillain-Barré syndrome, poliomyelitis, post-polio syndrome, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease (CMT), sarcopenia, critical illness myopathy (CIM), diabetes, chronic fatigue syndrome, systemic exertion intolerance disorder (SEID), myalgic encephalomyelitis (ME), post-viral fatigue syndrome (PVFS), chronic fatigue immune dysfunction syndrome (CFIDS), critical illness polyneuropathy, metabolic myopathy, mitochondrial myopathy, a myasthenic condition, congenital myasthenia gravis, myasthenia gravis, and Lambert-Eaton syndrome.
12. A method of reversing and/or ameliorating a neuromuscular blockade in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
13. The method according to claim 11, wherein the neuromuscular disorder is myasthenia gravis.
14. The method according to claim 11, wherein the neuromuscular disorder is amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS).
15. The method according to claim 11, wherein the neuromuscular disorder is selected from the group consisting of spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), critical illness myopathy (CIM), Charcot-Marie Tooth disease (CMT) and sarcopenia.
16. The method according to claim 11, wherein the neuromuscular disorder has been induced by a neuromuscular blocking agent.
17. A compound of Formula (I.3.4):
Figure US10385028-20190820-C00217
wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, F, Cl, Br and I;
R2 is a 5 membered aromatic heterocycle which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R6; and wherein R2 is not a 3-thiophene or an N-linked pyrrole;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CF3, CCl3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, OCF3, OCCl3 and isocyanide;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, each of which may be optionally substituted with one or more, identical or different, substituents R7;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl and C1-5 alkynyl;
R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl, C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl, and wherein C1-5 alkyl, C1-5 alkenyl, C1-5 alkynyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl,
C5 cycloalkenyl, O—C1-5 alkyl, O—C1-5 alkenyl, O—C1-5 alkynyl, O—C3-5 cycloalkyl, O—C5 cycloalkenyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkyl, —C(═O)—C1-5 alkenyl,
—C(═O)—C1-5 alkynyl, —C(═O)—C3-5 cycloalkyl, —CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and —CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more halogens;
R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, tritium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, isocyanide, O—C1-3 alkyl, S—C1-3 alkyl, CH2—O—C1-3 alkyl and CH2—S—C1-3 alkyl;
n is an integer 0, 1, 2 or 3,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
18. The compound according to claim 17, wherein the R2 is selected from the group consisting of isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isthiazol-3-yl, isthiazol-4-yl, isthiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl and thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
19. The compound according to claim 17, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]butanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]butanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]-3-methylbutanoic acid;
(2S)-2-{4-bromo-2-[3-(propan-2-yl)-1,2-oxazol-5-yl]phenoxy}propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(4-methyl-1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-chloro-6-(1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(5-methyl-1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(5-cyclopropyl-1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(3-methyl-1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1H-imidazol-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2R)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]-3-fluoropropanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(thiophen-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-[4-bromo-2-(1,2-oxazol-5-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid; and
(2S)-2-[4-chloro-2-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenoxy]propanoic acid,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, polymorph, tautomer, or solvate thereof.
US15/842,823 2017-12-14 2017-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders Active US10385028B2 (en)

Priority Applications (21)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/842,823 US10385028B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2017-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
TW107145017A TWI780281B (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-13 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
EP18819107.6A EP3724173B1 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
CA3085233A CA3085233C (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
SI201830443T SI3724173T1 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
ES18819107T ES2899413T3 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
PCT/EP2018/084989 WO2019115781A1 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
JP2020531486A JP7310071B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
CN201880089425.0A CN111712489B (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
SG11202004754VA SG11202004754VA (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
KR1020207016720A KR102667838B1 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
DK18819107.6T DK3724173T3 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
LTEPPCT/EP2018/084989T LT3724173T (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
IL274828A IL274828B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
AU2018383006A AU2018383006B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
MX2020005545A MX2020005545A (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders.
US16/221,006 US12440477B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
BR112020011850-8A BR112020011850A2 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
PL18819107T PL3724173T3 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
ZA2020/02993A ZA202002993B (en) 2017-12-14 2020-05-21 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US19/330,685 US20260007639A1 (en) 2017-12-14 2025-09-16 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/842,823 US10385028B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2017-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/221,006 Continuation-In-Part US12440477B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2018-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20190185437A1 US20190185437A1 (en) 2019-06-20
US10385028B2 true US10385028B2 (en) 2019-08-20

Family

ID=66813795

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/842,823 Active US10385028B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2017-12-14 Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (1) US10385028B2 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220298124A1 (en) * 2019-06-19 2022-09-22 Nmd Pharma A/S Process for the preparation of clc-1 chloride channel inhibitors
US20220306564A1 (en) * 2019-06-19 2022-09-29 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US20220388938A1 (en) * 2019-06-19 2022-12-08 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
WO2024068862A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Nmd Pharma A/S Compositions and methods for treating myasthenia gravis
WO2024180201A1 (en) 2023-03-02 2024-09-06 Nmd Pharma A/S Compositions and methods for treating spinal muscular atrophy
WO2024180199A1 (en) 2023-03-02 2024-09-06 Nmd Pharma A/S Compositions and methods for treating charcot–marie–tooth disease

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025196206A1 (en) * 2024-03-20 2025-09-25 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
WO2025196186A1 (en) * 2024-03-20 2025-09-25 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders

Citations (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB573476A (en) 1943-04-21 1945-11-22 Reginald Thomas Foster Improvements in or relating to the manufacture of chlorinated phenoxy compounds
GB822199A (en) 1956-09-18 1959-10-21 Boots Pure Drug Co Ltd Process for the preparation of alpha-phenoxyalkanoic acids
CA676827A (en) 1963-12-24 The Sherwin-Williams Company Of Canada Limited Herbicidal compositions
FR1451171A (en) 1961-04-21 1966-01-07 Jacques Logeais Soc D Expl Des Etherified and esterified derivatives of 2-o-hydroxyphenyl-oxadiazole-1, 3, 4 and process for their preparation
US3544560A (en) 1968-07-19 1970-12-01 Carter Wallace Penicillin compounds
US3984411A (en) 1975-04-10 1976-10-05 Societe Generale De Recherches Et D'applications Scientifiques "Sogeras" Pyrimidines
US4056628A (en) 1975-08-08 1977-11-01 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Insecticidal esters of alpha-phenoxy alkanoic acids with substituted benzyl alcohols
US4283472A (en) 1980-02-26 1981-08-11 Eastman Kodak Company Silver halide elements containing blocked pyrazolone magenta dye-forming couplers
EP0046590A2 (en) 1980-08-25 1982-03-03 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik GmbH Phen(alk)oxy-substituted oxirane-carboxylic acids, process for their preparation, their use and drugs containing them
EP0117675A1 (en) 1983-02-19 1984-09-05 Beecham Group Plc Benzofuran and benzothiophene-carboxylic-acid derivatives
FR2551063A1 (en) 1983-08-22 1985-03-01 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med New 2,5-dimethylpyrroles, process for preparing them and their therapeutic use
EP0257378A1 (en) 1986-08-18 1988-03-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Pyrimidine derivatives, their preparation and medicaments containing these derivatives
US5025031A (en) 1989-11-30 1991-06-18 A. H. Robins Co., Inc. Aryl and aryloxyalkyl sulfamate esters useful as anticonvulsants
US5192785A (en) 1989-09-03 1993-03-09 A. H. Robins Company, Incorporated Sulfamates as antiglaucoma agents
EP0582198A2 (en) 1992-08-01 1994-02-09 Hoechst Schering AgrEvo GmbH Substituted (hetero-)aryle compounds, process for their preparation, those containing compositions and their use as safeners
EP0623605A2 (en) 1993-05-06 1994-11-09 Bayer Ag Substituted piperazines as antiretroviral medicaments
WO2002057222A2 (en) 2001-01-17 2002-07-25 Guilford Pharmaceuticals Inc. Thiol-based naaladase inhibitors
WO2002074768A1 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-09-26 Smithkline Beecham Plc Piperazine derivatives, their preparation and uses in therapy (5ht1b receptor activity)
WO2002092087A1 (en) 2001-05-11 2002-11-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated 2,5-disubstituted pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine and 1, 2, 4-triazine derivatives for use as p38 inhibitors
WO2004089885A1 (en) 2003-04-07 2004-10-21 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
WO2004094386A1 (en) 2003-03-28 2004-11-04 Eli Lilly And Company Isoquinoline-5-sulfonic acid amides as inhibitors of akt (protein kinase b)
US20050054630A1 (en) 2003-08-28 2005-03-10 Dolle Roland E. Fused bicyclic carboxamide derivatives and methods of their use
WO2005105727A1 (en) 2004-05-04 2005-11-10 Novartis Ag Crth2 receptor antagonists
WO2006037982A2 (en) 2004-10-05 2006-04-13 Astrazeneca Ab Modulators of crth2 receptor activity for the treatment of prostaglandin d2 mediated diseases
US20060211765A1 (en) 2003-04-07 2006-09-21 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
WO2007030885A1 (en) 2005-09-16 2007-03-22 Nufarm Australia Limited Agrochemical emulsifiable concentrate
WO2007062773A1 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-06-07 7Tm Pharma A/S Oxadiazole derivatives with crth2 receptor activity
WO2007062678A1 (en) 2005-11-29 2007-06-07 7Tm Pharma A/S Phenoxyacetic acid derivatives as crth2 receptor ligands
WO2008138889A2 (en) 2007-05-11 2008-11-20 Novartis Ag 3, 6-disubstituted-imidazo [1, 2-b] pyridazines and 3, 5-disubstituted pyrazolo[1, 5-a] pyrimidines as phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase inhibitors
WO2011133920A1 (en) 2010-04-23 2011-10-27 Cytokinetics, Inc. Certain amino-pyridines and amino-triazines, compositions thereof, and methods for their use
WO2012004722A1 (en) 2010-07-05 2012-01-12 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd 1-phenyl-substituted heterocyclyl derivatives and their use as prostaglandin d2 receptor modulators
US8163793B2 (en) 2009-04-20 2012-04-24 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Proline derivatives
CN102771479A (en) 2012-08-31 2012-11-14 广西田园生化股份有限公司 Herbicide composition containing hexazinone and phenoxy carboxylic acid
WO2013010082A2 (en) 2011-07-13 2013-01-17 Microbiotix, Inc. Inhibitors of bacterial type iii secretion system
EP2554049A1 (en) 2011-08-02 2013-02-06 Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements (A.R.D.) Herbicidal composition with improved efficiency, preparation method and use
US20130197039A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-01 Eli Lilly And Company Novel Benzyl Sulfonamide Derivatives Useful As MOGAT-2 Inhibitors
US20130261101A1 (en) 2012-04-02 2013-10-03 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic azaheterocyclobenzylamines as pi3k inhibitors
CN104059055A (en) 2013-12-10 2014-09-24 常州大学 1,2,3-triazole compound and its preparation method and use
JP2015231988A (en) 2014-05-12 2015-12-24 大正製薬株式会社 2- pyridone compound
WO2016011019A1 (en) 2014-07-15 2016-01-21 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting bmp
US20160221965A1 (en) 2013-09-16 2016-08-04 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Disubstituted trifluoromethyl pyrimidinones and their use
US20160237059A1 (en) 2013-09-16 2016-08-18 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclic substituted trifluoromethyl pyrimidinones and their use
WO2016202341A1 (en) 2015-06-15 2016-12-22 Nmd Pharma Aps Compounds for use in treating neuromuscular disorders
WO2017106064A1 (en) 2015-12-15 2017-06-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Biaryl monobactam compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of bacterial infections
WO2018124000A1 (en) 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 第一三共株式会社 Pyrimidine derivative

Patent Citations (46)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA676827A (en) 1963-12-24 The Sherwin-Williams Company Of Canada Limited Herbicidal compositions
GB573476A (en) 1943-04-21 1945-11-22 Reginald Thomas Foster Improvements in or relating to the manufacture of chlorinated phenoxy compounds
GB822199A (en) 1956-09-18 1959-10-21 Boots Pure Drug Co Ltd Process for the preparation of alpha-phenoxyalkanoic acids
FR1451171A (en) 1961-04-21 1966-01-07 Jacques Logeais Soc D Expl Des Etherified and esterified derivatives of 2-o-hydroxyphenyl-oxadiazole-1, 3, 4 and process for their preparation
US3544560A (en) 1968-07-19 1970-12-01 Carter Wallace Penicillin compounds
US3984411A (en) 1975-04-10 1976-10-05 Societe Generale De Recherches Et D'applications Scientifiques "Sogeras" Pyrimidines
US4056628A (en) 1975-08-08 1977-11-01 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Insecticidal esters of alpha-phenoxy alkanoic acids with substituted benzyl alcohols
US4283472A (en) 1980-02-26 1981-08-11 Eastman Kodak Company Silver halide elements containing blocked pyrazolone magenta dye-forming couplers
EP0046590A2 (en) 1980-08-25 1982-03-03 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik GmbH Phen(alk)oxy-substituted oxirane-carboxylic acids, process for their preparation, their use and drugs containing them
US4337267A (en) 1980-08-25 1982-06-29 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gmbh Phenalkoxyalkyl- and phenoxyalkyl-substituted oxiranecarboxylic acids, their use and medicaments containing them
EP0117675A1 (en) 1983-02-19 1984-09-05 Beecham Group Plc Benzofuran and benzothiophene-carboxylic-acid derivatives
FR2551063A1 (en) 1983-08-22 1985-03-01 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med New 2,5-dimethylpyrroles, process for preparing them and their therapeutic use
EP0257378A1 (en) 1986-08-18 1988-03-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Pyrimidine derivatives, their preparation and medicaments containing these derivatives
US5192785A (en) 1989-09-03 1993-03-09 A. H. Robins Company, Incorporated Sulfamates as antiglaucoma agents
US5025031A (en) 1989-11-30 1991-06-18 A. H. Robins Co., Inc. Aryl and aryloxyalkyl sulfamate esters useful as anticonvulsants
EP0582198A2 (en) 1992-08-01 1994-02-09 Hoechst Schering AgrEvo GmbH Substituted (hetero-)aryle compounds, process for their preparation, those containing compositions and their use as safeners
EP0623605A2 (en) 1993-05-06 1994-11-09 Bayer Ag Substituted piperazines as antiretroviral medicaments
WO2002057222A2 (en) 2001-01-17 2002-07-25 Guilford Pharmaceuticals Inc. Thiol-based naaladase inhibitors
WO2002074768A1 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-09-26 Smithkline Beecham Plc Piperazine derivatives, their preparation and uses in therapy (5ht1b receptor activity)
WO2002092087A1 (en) 2001-05-11 2002-11-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated 2,5-disubstituted pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine and 1, 2, 4-triazine derivatives for use as p38 inhibitors
WO2004094386A1 (en) 2003-03-28 2004-11-04 Eli Lilly And Company Isoquinoline-5-sulfonic acid amides as inhibitors of akt (protein kinase b)
WO2004089885A1 (en) 2003-04-07 2004-10-21 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
US20060211765A1 (en) 2003-04-07 2006-09-21 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
US20050054630A1 (en) 2003-08-28 2005-03-10 Dolle Roland E. Fused bicyclic carboxamide derivatives and methods of their use
WO2005105727A1 (en) 2004-05-04 2005-11-10 Novartis Ag Crth2 receptor antagonists
WO2006037982A2 (en) 2004-10-05 2006-04-13 Astrazeneca Ab Modulators of crth2 receptor activity for the treatment of prostaglandin d2 mediated diseases
WO2007030885A1 (en) 2005-09-16 2007-03-22 Nufarm Australia Limited Agrochemical emulsifiable concentrate
WO2007062678A1 (en) 2005-11-29 2007-06-07 7Tm Pharma A/S Phenoxyacetic acid derivatives as crth2 receptor ligands
WO2007062773A1 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-06-07 7Tm Pharma A/S Oxadiazole derivatives with crth2 receptor activity
WO2008138889A2 (en) 2007-05-11 2008-11-20 Novartis Ag 3, 6-disubstituted-imidazo [1, 2-b] pyridazines and 3, 5-disubstituted pyrazolo[1, 5-a] pyrimidines as phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase inhibitors
US8163793B2 (en) 2009-04-20 2012-04-24 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Proline derivatives
WO2011133920A1 (en) 2010-04-23 2011-10-27 Cytokinetics, Inc. Certain amino-pyridines and amino-triazines, compositions thereof, and methods for their use
WO2012004722A1 (en) 2010-07-05 2012-01-12 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd 1-phenyl-substituted heterocyclyl derivatives and their use as prostaglandin d2 receptor modulators
WO2013010082A2 (en) 2011-07-13 2013-01-17 Microbiotix, Inc. Inhibitors of bacterial type iii secretion system
EP2554049A1 (en) 2011-08-02 2013-02-06 Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements (A.R.D.) Herbicidal composition with improved efficiency, preparation method and use
US20130197039A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-01 Eli Lilly And Company Novel Benzyl Sulfonamide Derivatives Useful As MOGAT-2 Inhibitors
US20130261101A1 (en) 2012-04-02 2013-10-03 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic azaheterocyclobenzylamines as pi3k inhibitors
CN102771479A (en) 2012-08-31 2012-11-14 广西田园生化股份有限公司 Herbicide composition containing hexazinone and phenoxy carboxylic acid
US20160221965A1 (en) 2013-09-16 2016-08-04 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Disubstituted trifluoromethyl pyrimidinones and their use
US20160237059A1 (en) 2013-09-16 2016-08-18 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclic substituted trifluoromethyl pyrimidinones and their use
CN104059055A (en) 2013-12-10 2014-09-24 常州大学 1,2,3-triazole compound and its preparation method and use
JP2015231988A (en) 2014-05-12 2015-12-24 大正製薬株式会社 2- pyridone compound
WO2016011019A1 (en) 2014-07-15 2016-01-21 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting bmp
WO2016202341A1 (en) 2015-06-15 2016-12-22 Nmd Pharma Aps Compounds for use in treating neuromuscular disorders
WO2017106064A1 (en) 2015-12-15 2017-06-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Biaryl monobactam compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of bacterial infections
WO2018124000A1 (en) 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 第一三共株式会社 Pyrimidine derivative

Non-Patent Citations (151)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
A. Chiriac et al., Quantitative Structure-Activity Relations With the MTD Procedure for Plant Growth-Regulation Optically Active Acetic Acid Derivatives, Revue Roumaine de Chimie, 27(4):561-568, 1982.
A. Chiriac et al., Quantitiavie Structure-Citostatic Activity Relations for Diketonato-Complexes of Tetravalent Transitional Metals, Universitatea din timisoara, Facultatea de Stiinte ale Naturii, Serie Chimie, 4:1-6, 1989.
A. I. Karaev et al., About the Injuries Healing Properties of Synthetic Growth Regulators, Reports of the Academy of Sciences of Azerbaijan SSR, IX(1):1-4, Sep. 18, 1952.
A. Liantonio et al., Investigations of Pharmacologic Properties of the Renal CLCK1 Chloride Channel Co-expressed with Barttin by the Use of 2-(p-Chlorophenoxy)Propionic Acid Derivatives and Other Structurally Unrelated Chloride Channels Blockers, J Am Soc Nephrol. 15:13-20, 2004.
A. Ramazani et al., Dipotassium Hydrogen Phosphate-Catalyzed Synthesis of Dialkyl 2-(4-Fluoro-Phenoxy)-2-Butendioates from Stabilized Phosphorus Ylides in Solven-Free Conditions, Phosphorus, Sulfur and Silicon, 182:413-417, 2007.
A. W. Galston et al., The Adaptive Formation and Physiological Signaificance of Indoleacetic Acid Oxidase, American Journal of Botany, 41(5):373-380, May 1954.
Angelini C. Spectrum of metabolic myopathies. Biochim Biophys Acta. Apr. 2015; 1852(4):615-621.
Ansar V, Valadi N. Guillain-Barré Syndrome. Prim Care. Jun. 2015;42(2):189-193.
Aromataris, E.C., Pharmacology of the ClC-1 Chloride Channel, PhD Thesis, Dicipline of Physiology, school of Molecular and Biomedical Science, The University of Adelaide, 2009.
B. S. Kirkiacharian, No. 293.—Thermal free radicals: study of malonic and cyanoacetic esters, No. 5, 1971.
B. Sjoberg, Stereochemical studies. X The relationship between optical rotatory dispersion and configuration for some carboxylic acids, Arkiv for Kemi Band 15(5):473-480, 1960.
B. Sjoberg, Stereochemical studies. XI The relationship between optical rotatory dispersion and configuration for some ketones, Arkiv for Kemi Band 15(5):473-480, 1960.
Bansagi B, Griffin H, Whittaker RG, Antoniadi T, Evangelista T, Miller J, Greenslade M, Forester N, Duff J, Bradshaw A, Kleinle S, Boczonadi V, Steele H, Ramesh V, Franko E, Pyle A, Lochmüller H, Chinnery PF, Horvath R. Genetic heterogeneity of motor neuropathies. Neurology. 2017. 28;88(13):1226-1234).
Bettoni, G. et al., J. Med. Chem. 1987, 30, 1267-1270.
Bettoni, S. et al., Chiral beta-Aryloxy Acetic Acids: Synthesis, Absolute Configuration, Chemical Resolution, and Direct Separation by HPLC, CHIRALITY, 1992, 4:193-203.
Birk TJ1. Poliomyelitis and the post-polio syndrome: exercise capacities and adaptation—current research, future directions, and widespread applicability. Med Sci Sports Exerc. Apr. 1993;25(4):466-72.
Burton A. Take your pyridostigmine: that's an (ethical?) order! Lancet Neurol. May 2003;2(5):268.
C. A. Bache et al., Absence of Phenoxyacid Herbicide Residues in the Milk of Dairy Cows at High Feeding Levels, Journal of Dairy Science, 47(3):298-299, Mar. 1964.
C. H. Fawcett et al., Investigations on Fungicides, ii. Aryloxy- and Arylthio-Alkanecarboxylic Acids and Their Activity as Fungicides and Systemic Fungicides, Ann. appl. Biol., 45(r): 158-176, 1957.
C. H. Fawcett et al., Studies on Plant Growth-Regulating Substances, vi. Side-Chain Structure in Relation to Growth-Regulating Activity in the Aryloxyalkylcarboxylic Acids, 40(2):231-243, Jun. 1953.
C. H. Fawcett et al., Studies on Plant Growth-Regulationg Substances, VIII. The Growth-Promoting Activity of Certain Aryloxy- and Arylthio-Alkeanecarboxylic Acids, Ann. appl. Biol., 43(3): 342-354, 1955.
C. M. Hill et al., The Synthesis, Propertis and Dehydrohalogenation of Some alpha-Phenoxy and 2,4-Dichlorophenoxy Substituted Acid Chlorides, Phenoxy Substituted Acid Chlorides, 73:1660-1662, Aug. 24, 1950.
C. Rivalle et al., III.—Study of diversely-substituted α-aryloxy pinacolones, Newsletter of the French Chemistry Society, BSCFAS, 7:2555-3002, 1972.
C. Stanley, Derivatization of Pesticide-Related Acids and Phenols for Gas Chromatographic Determination, 14(3):321-323, May-Jun. 1966.
C. Temporini et al., Enantiomeric separation of 2-aryloxyalkyl- and 2-arylalkyl-2-aryloxyacetic acids on a Penicillin G Acylase-based chiral stationary phase: Influence of the chemical structure on retention and enantioselectivity; ESJPBA, ISSN: 0731-7085, 45(2):211-218, 2007.
C. Zhang et al., Synthesis and Bioactivity of Novel Inhibitors for Type III Secretion System of Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO1, Chinese Journal of Organic Chemistry, 33:1309-1318, 2013.
CAMPIANI G, ET AL: "Pyrrolobenzothiazepinones and Pyrrolobenzoxazepinones: Novel and Specific Non-Nucleoside HIV-1 Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors with Antiviral Activity", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 39, no. 14, 1 January 1996 (1996-01-01), US, pages 2672 - 2680, XP002564131, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/jm950702c
Campiani Get al, Pyrrolobenzothiazepinones and Pyrrolobenzoxazepinones: Novel and Specific Non-Nucleoside HIV-1 Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors with Antiviral Activity, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 39(14):2672-2680, Jan. 1, 1996 (Jan. 1, 1996), XP002564131, American Chemical Society ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/JM950702C [retrieved on Jun. 1, 1996].
Campiani, et al. Document No. 125:25616, retrieved from STN; entered in STN on Jun. 19, 1996. *
Chen, et al. Document No. 153:554937, retrieved from STN; entered in STN Oct. 29, 2010. *
Combs, et al. Document No. 159:577331, retrieved from STN; entered in STN on Oct. 4, 2013. *
Conte-Camerino, D., Mambrini, M., DeLuca, A., Tricarico, D., Bryant, S.H., Tortorella, V., Bettoni, G. Enantiomers of clofibric acid analogs have opposite actions on rat skeletal muscle chloride channels, Pflugers Archiv., 1988, 413, 105-107.
D. Gowing et al., Uncommon Plant Growth Regulators for the control of Nutgrass and Oxalis, Weeds, pp. 279-283, 1960.
D. Khydyrov et al., Synthesis and herbicide activity of N-methylcarbamate derivatives of 2-hydroxyethyl 2,4-dichloroaryloxyalkanoates, Akademiya Nauk Azerbaidzhanskoi SSR, 43(1):38-41, 1987.
DATABASE CA [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 18 June 2018 (2018-06-18), RAM, BHAGAT ET AL: "Potential hypolipidemic agents part VI: synthesis and biological activity of some new 4-chloro/methyl-2-pyrazolylphenoxy alkanoates", XP002782149, retrieved from STN
Database Registry [Online], Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio, US; Propanoic acid, 2-[2-(2-benzolhiazolyl)phenoxy]-(CA INDEX NAME), XP002789551, Mar. 13, 2007, retrieved from STN Database accession No. RN-926236-33-1.
DATABASE REGISTRY 13 March 2007 (2007-03-13), "Propanoic acid, 2-¢2-(2-benzothiazolyl)phenoxy!- (CA INDEX NAME)", XP002789551, retrieved from STN
Del Bello, et al. Document No. 153:580197, retrieved from STN; entered in STN on Oct. 8, 2010. *
Diamanti, et al. Document No. 156:410758, retrieved from STN; entered in STN on Mar. 2, 2012. *
E. Duintjer et al., Synthetic Plant Hormones, VI. Preparation of some alpha-Phenoxy and alpha-1-Naphtohoxy fatty Acids (Addition to Part IV), Short Communications, Part V. Aeta Chem. Scand., 8(119):1493-1494, 1954.
E. J. Lien et al., Quantitative Structure-Activity Correlation of Optical Isomers: a Molecular Basis for Pfeiffer's Rule, Molecular Pharmacology, 12:598-604, Aug. 22, 1975.
Fabio Del Bello et al, Fruitful Adrenergic [alpha] 2C-Agonism/[alpha] 2A-Antagonism Combination to Prevent and Contrast Morphine Tolerance and Dependence ( 1) , +, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry. 53(21):7825-7835, Nov. 11, 2010, XP055484778, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/jm100977d.
FABIO DEL BELLO, LAURA MATTIOLI, FRANCESCA GHELFI, MARIO GIANNELLA, ALESSANDRO PIERGENTILI, WILMA QUAGLIA, CLAUDIA CARDINALETTI, M: "Fruitful Adrenergic α 2C -Agonism/α 2A -Antagonism Combination to Prevent and Contrast Morphine Tolerance and Dependence(1) , †", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 53, no. 21, 11 November 2010 (2010-11-11), US, pages 7825 - 7835, XP055484778, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/jm100977d
FCH Group, Chemical Catalog, 2167656-52-0 Registry.
Feller, D.R., Kamanna, V.S., Newman, H.A.I., Romstedt, K.J., Witiak, D.T., Bettoni, G., Bryant, S.H., Conte-Camerino, D., Loiodice, F., Tortorella, V. Dissociation of hypolipidemic and antiplatelet actions from adverse myotonic effects of clofibric acid related enantiomers. J. Med. Chem., 1987, 30, 1265-1267.
Finlayson S1, Beeson D, Palace J. Congenital myasthenic syndromes: an update. Pract Neurol. Apr. 2013; 13(2):80-91.
Fletcher SN1, Kennedy DD, Ghosh IR, Misra VP, Kiff K, Coakley JH, Hinds CJ. Persistent neuromuscular and neurophysiologic abnormalities in long-term survivors of prolonged critical illness. Crit Care Med. Apr. 2003; 31(4):1012-6.
Francesco Gentili et al, [alpha] 2-Adrenoreceptors Profile Modulation. 2. 1 Bipehnyline Analogues as Tools for Selective Activation of the [alpha] 2C-Subtype, Journal of Medicicnal Chemistry, 47(25):6160-6173, Dec. 1, 2004, XP055484835, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/jm0408215.
FRANCESCO GENTILI, FRANCESCA GHELFI, MARIO GIANNELLA, ALESSANDRO PIERGENTILI, MARIA PIGINI, WILMA QUAGLIA, CRISTIAN VESPRINI, PIER: "α 2 -Adrenoreceptors Profile Modulation. 2. 1 Biphenyline Analogues as Tools for Selective Activation of the α 2C -Subtype", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 47, no. 25, 1 December 2004 (2004-12-01), US, pages 6160 - 6173, XP055484835, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/jm0408215
Fulvio Gualtieri et al., Presynaptic Cholinergic Modulators as Potent Cognition Enhancers and Analgesic Drugs. 2. 2-Phenoxy-, 2-(Phenylthio)-, and 2-(Phenylamino)alkanoic Acid Esters, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (1994), 37(11), 1712-19.
G. Carbonara et al., Carboxylic acids and skeletal muscle chloride channel conductance: effects on the biological activity induced by the introduction of an aryloxyalkyl group alpha to the carboxylic function of 4-chloro-phenoxyacetic acid, II Farmaco, 56:749-754, 2001.
G. Fracchiolla et al., Supporting Information, Synthesis, biological evaluation, and molecular modeling investigation of chiral 2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-3-phenyl-propanoic acid derivatives with PPARa and PPARc agonist activity, 2008.
G. Fracchiolla et al., Synthesis, biological evaluation and molecular investigation of fluorinated peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors a/c dual agonists, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 20:2141-2151, 2012.
G. Fracchiolla et al., Synthesis, biological evaluation, and molecular modeling investigation of chiral 2-(4-chloro-phenoxy)-3-phenyl-propanoic acid derivatives with PPARa and PPARc agonist activity, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 16:9498-9510, 2008.
G. Fracchiolla et al., Synthesis, Biological Evaluation, and Molecular Modeling Investigation of Chiral Phenoxyacetic Acid Analogues with PPARa and PPARg Agonist Activity, ChemMedChem, 2:641-654, 2007.
G. W. K. Cavill et al., The Chemistry of Plant Growth-regulators. Part II. Modification of the Side-chain of 2:4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic Acid, University of California-Los Angeles, pp. 1388-1391, 1954.
G. Zeiger et al., Aryloxyalkanoic acids, their esters and cycling products as pesticide-active compounds, Scientific Journal of the "Karl Liebknecht" University of Pedagogic of Potsdam, 21(1):29-46, 1977.
Garcia CC, Potian JG, Hognason K, Thyagarajan B, Sultatos LG, Souayah N, Routh VH, McArdle JJ. Acetylcholinesterase deficiency contributes to neuromuscular junction dysfunction in type 1 diabetic neuropathy. Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab. Aug. 15, 2012;303(4):E551-61.
Gilhus, N.E. New England Journal of Medicine, 2016, 375, 2570-2581.
Gilhus, N.E., Owe, J.F., Hoff, J.M., Romi, F., Skeie, G.O., Aarli, J.A. Myasthenia Gravis: A Review of Available Treatment Approaches, Autoimmune Diseases, 2011, Article ID 84739).
Gilmore KJ, Morat T, Doherty TJ4, Rice CL. Motor unit number estimation and neuromuscular fidelity in 3 stages of sarcopenia. 2017 55(5):676-684).
Giniatullin RA, Khazipov RN, Oranska TI, Nikolsky EE, Voronin VA, Vyskocil F. The effect of non-quantal acetylcholine release on quantal miniature currents at mouse diaphragm. J Physiol. Jul. 1993;466:105-14.
Giuseppe Fracchiolla et al., Synthesis, biological evaluation, and molecular modeling investigation of chiral phenoxyacetic acid analogues with PPARα and PPARγ agonist activity, ChemMedChem (2007), 2(6), 641-654.
H. E. Thompson et al., New Growth-Regulating Compounds. I. Summary of Growth-Inhibitory Activities of Some Organic Compounds as Determined by Three Tests, Botanical Gazette, pp. 476-507, 1946.
Howard JF Jr1. Adverse drug effects on neuromuscular transmission. Semin Neurol. Mar. 1990;10(1):89-102.
Hubbard, et al. Document No. 87:34423, retrieved from STN; entered in STN on May 12, 1984. *
Hwee, D.T., Kennedy, A.R., Hartman, J.J., Ryans, J., Durham, N., Malik, F.I., Jasper, J.R. The small-molecule fast skeletal troponin activator, CK-2127107, improves exercise tolerance in a rat model of heart failure. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 2015, 353, 159-168).
I. D. Jurberg et al., A gold(I)-Catalyzed Cyclization / Photochemical Rearrangement Sequence for the Synthesis of Functionalized Benzofurans from Aryloxy Propargyl Malonates Supporting Information, 2013.
I. D. Jurberg et al., Synthesis of Functionalized Chromenes and Benzofurans from Aryloxy Proparagyl Malonates, Israel Journal of Chemistry, 53:915-922, 2013.
International Search Report and Written Opinion dated Apr. 3, 2019 in counterpart lnternational Application No. PCT/JP2018/084989.
J. A. Zwar et al., Inhibition of Transport of Indole-3-Acetic Acid in the Etiolated Hypocotyl of Phaseolus Vulgaris L., Inhibition of IAA Transport, Jun. 11, 1956.
J. D. Williams et al., Synthesis and structure-activity relationships of novel phenoxyacetamide inhibitors of the Pseudomonas aeruginosa type III secretion system (T3SS), 23(5):1027-1043, 2015.
J. Munch-Petersen et al., Acylations of Certain alpha-Alkoxy and alpha-Aryloxy Ketones and Esters, University of Claifornia Los Angeles, 71:770-773, Mar. 1949.
J. Munch-Petersen, alpha-Aryloxyesters. II. Further Studies on Certain Self-Condesations, Acta Chemica Scandinavica, 7:14-20, 1953.
J. Munch-Petersen, Aryloxyesters. The Reacitivity of the alpha-Hydrogen and the Carbonyl Carbon towards GBasic Reagents, Acta Chemica Scandinavica, 5:519-528, 1951.
K. Burger et al., Decomposition of Phenoxyalkyl Carboxylic Acids, Soil Science Society of America Proceedings, 26(3):243-246, May-Jun. 1962.
K. Gasanov et al., Proton NMR study of solavation of lead derivatives of aryloxy carboxylic acids, Azerbaidzhanskii Khimicheskii Zhurnal, 2:58-61, 1988.
K. Gasanov et al., Synthesis and carbon-13 NMR study of some organosilicon derivatives of aryloxycarboxylic acids, Azerbaidzhanskii Khimicheskii Zhumal, 5:47-50, 1982.
K. Gasanov et al., Synthesis and Research of Tri-n-Butylstannyl Ester of 2,4-Dichlorophenoxy-∝-Butyric Acid, Academic Council of the Institute of Petrochemical Processes of the Academy of Sciences of Azerbaijan SSR, Deposited Doc. 309:10, 1980.
K. Hayashi et al., Small-molecule agonists and antagonists of F-box protein-substrate interactions in auxin perception and signaling, PNAS, 105(14): 5632-5637, Apr. 8, 2008.
Kawamura Y, Kihara M, Nishimoto K, Taki M. Efficacy of a half dose of oral pyridostigmine in the treatment of chronic fatigue syndrome: three case reports. Pathophysiology. May 2003;9(3):189-194.
Killian JM1, Wilfong AA, Burnett L, Appel SH, Boland D. Decremental motor responses to repetitive nerve stimulation in ALS. Muscle Nerve. Jul. 1994;17(7):747-54.
Kirkiacharian et al., Structure-activity relationships of some 3-substituted-4-hydroxycoumarins as HIV-1 protease inhibitors; EFARMA, ISSN: 0014-827X, 57(9):703-708, 2002.
Kwiecinski H, Lehmann-Horn F, Rüdel R. Membrane currents in human intercostal muscle at varied extracellular potassium. Muscle Nerve. Jul.-Aug. 1984;7(6):465-9.
Kwiecinski H1, Lehmann-Horn F, Rüdel R. Drug-induced myotonia in human intercostal muscle. Muscle Nerve. Jun. 1988;11(6):576-81.
L. Haskelberg, The Halogenation of Aryloxyacetic Acids and Their Homologs, Daniel Sieff Research Institute, pp. 426-433, Dec. 16, 1946.
L. J. Edgerton et al., The Effect of Some Growth Substances on Leaf Petiole Abscission and Preharvest Drop of Several Apple Varieties, Proceedings of the American Society for Horticultural Science, 62:159-166, 1953.
Latronico N, Bolton CF. Critical illness polyneuropathy and myopathy: a major cause of muscle weakness and paralysis. Lancet Neurol. 2011 10(10):931-41.
Le Panse R1, Berrih-Aknin S. Autoimmune myasthenia gravis: autoantibody mechanisms and new developments on immune regulation. Curr Opin Neurol. Oct. 2013;26(5):569-76.
Liantonio A, Accardi A, Carbonara G, Fracchiolla G, Loiodice F, Tortorella P, Traverso S, Guida P, Pierno S, De Luca A, Camerino DC, Pusch M. Molecular requisites for drug binding to muscle CLC-1 and renal CLC-K channel revealed by the use of phenoxy-alkyl derivatives of 2-(p-chlorophenoxy)propionic acid. Mol Pharmacol. Aug. 2002;62(2):265-71.
Liantonio, A. et al., Structural requisites of 2-(p-chlorophenoxy)propionic acid analogues for activity on native rat skeletal muscle chloride conductance and on heterologously expressed CLC-1. Br. J. Phamacol., 2003, 129, 1255-1264.
Liantonio, A. Pusch, M., Picollo, A., Guida, P., De Luca, A., Pierno, S., Fracchiolla, G., Loiodice, F., Tortorella, P., Conte-Camerino, D. Investigations of pharmacologic properties of the renal CLC-K1 chloride channel co-expressed with barttin by the use of 2-(p-chlorophenoxy)propionic acid derivatives and other structurally unrelated chloride hannels blockers. J. Am. Soc. Nephrol., 2004, 15, 13-20.
M. A. Mikhaleva et al., Use of the Amidomethylation Reaction for the Synthesis of 2-(Aryloxy)-3-Alanines, Novosibirsk Institute o f Organic Chemistry, Siberian Division, Academy o f Sciences, USSR Translated from Zhurnal Obshchei Khimii, 34(7):2153-2157, Jul. 1964.
M. Alexander et al., Effect of Chemical Structure on Microbial Decomposition of Aromatic Herbicides, Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 9(1):44-47, Jan.-Feb. 1961.
M. Alexander, Persistence and Biological Reactions of Pesticides in Soils, Soil Science Society of America Proceedings, 29(1):1-7, Jan.-Feb. 1965.
M. Bolli et al., 2-Imino-thiazolidin-4-one Derivatives as Potent, Orally Active S1P1 Receptor Agonists, J. Med. Chem., 53:4198-4211, 2010.
M. Bolli et al., Supporting Information, 2-Imino-thiazolidin-4-one Derivatives as Potent, Orally Active S1P1 Receptor Agonists, 2010.
M. Julia, No. 158.—Plant growth factors. VIII.—On some aliphatic α-dichloro-phenoxy-diacids, pp. 396-399, Jun. 1955.
M. Matell, On the Use of 2-Amino-1-phenyl-propane (Benzedrine) for Optical Resolution of Acids, Short Communications, Aeta Chem. Scand. 7(4):698-699, 1953.
M. Matell, Stereochemical studies on plant growth regulators. VII, Optically active alpha-(2-methyl-4-chlorophenoxy)-propionic acid and alpha-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-n-butyric acid and their steric relations, Arkiv for Kemi, 6(4):365-373, 1953.
M. Matell, Stereochemical Studies on Plant Growth Substances, Kungl. Lantbruks-Hogskolans Annaler, 20:206-240, 1953.
M. Ochiai et al., Studies on Herbicides and Plant Growth Regulators. II. Synthesis and Some Reactions of 1-Aryloxyacylpyrazoles, Chem. Pharm. Bull, 14(6):628-641, 1966.
M. Protiva et al., Potential Cerebral Stimulants: Esters of 2-Dimethyl-Aminoethanol With Some Lipophilic Carboxylic Acids, Collect Czech. Chem., 55:1278-1289, 1990.
Maria Grazia Perrone et al., Baker's yeast-mediated reduction of ethyl 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3-oxoalkanoates intermediates for potential PPARα ligands, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry (2004), 15(22), 3501-3510.
Maria Grazia Perrone et al., Diastereo- and enantioselective bioreduction of ethyl 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3-oxobutanoate clofibrate analogues by Kluyveromyces marxianus and other whole cell biocatalysts, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry (2004), 15(22), 3511-3517.
Maria Grazia Perrone et al., Reaction of cesium 4-chlorophenate and chlorohydrins from threonines: synthesis of clofibrate analogs, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry (2005), 16(4), 783-792.
Maria Grazia Perrone et al., Screening yeasts for the stereoselective reduction of oxoester clofibrate analogues, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry (2005), 16(8), 1473-1477.
Maria Grazia Perrone et al., Stereoselective prostereogenic 3-oxo ester reduction mediated by a novel yeast alcohol dehydrogenase derived from Kluyveromyces marxianus CBS 6556, Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis (2007), 349(7), 1111-1118.
Maria Grazia Perrone et al., Synthesis and biological evaluation of new clofibrate analogues as potential PPARα agonists, European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2005), 40(2), 143-154.
Maslosz, et al. Document No. 116:194187, retreived from STN; entered in STN on May 16, 1992. *
Maslosz, et al. Document No. 117:26382, retrieved from STN; entered in STN Jul. 26, 1992. *
Mehndiratta MM, Pandey S, Kuntzer T. Acetylcholinesterase inhibitor treatment for myasthenia gravis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. Oct. 13, 2014.
Milone Ml, Wong LJ. Diagnosis of mitochondrial myopathies. Mol Genet Metab. Sep.-Oct. 2013;110(1-2):35-41.
Murphy GS, Brull SJ. Residual neuromuscular block: lessons unlearned. Part I: definitions, incidence, and adverse physiologic effects of residual neuromuscular block. Anesth Analg. 2010 111(1):120-8.
Myasthenia Gravis Diagnosis and Treatment [online]. Retrieved from internet; URL https://www.webmd.com/brain/understanding-myasthenia-gravis-treatment#2-4. *
Myasthenia gravis[online]. Retrieved from the internet; URL https://medlineplus.gov/myastheniagravis.html. *
N. M. White (edited), Eurosensors XII, 1:511-514, Sep. 1998.
N. Shams et al., Four-component reaction of alkyl isocyanide, acetylenic esters, phenols and pyrrole; synthesis of dialkyl 2-[(alkylimino)(1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3-(aryloxy) succinate, Journal of Chemical Research, 39:270-273, May 2015.
O. H. Rubio et al., A molecular receptor selective for zwitterionic alanine, Org. Biomol. Chem., 15:477-485, 2017.
O. H. Rubio et al., A molecular receptor selective for zwitterionic alanine, Supplementary Material (ESI) for Organic & Biomolecular Chemistry, The Royal Society of Chemistry, 2016.
Overgaard K, Nielsen OB. Activity-induced recovery of excitability in K(+)-depressed rat soleus muscle. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol. Jan. 2001; 280(1):R48-55.
Pedersen, T.H., F. de Paoli, and O.B. Nielsen. 2005. Increased excitability of acidified skeletal muscle: role of chloride conductance. J. Gen. Physiol. 125:237-246.
Pedersen, T.H., Riisager, A., Vincenzo de Paoli, F., Chen, T-Y, Nielsen, O.B. Role of physiological ClC-1 CI-ion channel regulation for the excitability and function of working skeletal muscle. J. Gen. Physiol. 2016, 147, 291-308.
Plomp JJ, Morsch M, Phillips WD, Verschuuren JJ. Electrophysiological analysis of neuromuscular synaptic function in myasthenia gravis patients and animal models. Exp Neurol. 2015. 270:41-54.
Pusch, M., Liantonio, A., Bertorello, L., Accardi, A., De Luca, A., Pierno, S., Tortorella, V., Conte-Camerino, D. Pharmacological characterization of chloride channels belonging to the ClC family by the use of chiral clofibric acid derivatives. Molecular Pharmacology, 2000, 58, 498-507.
R. C. Brian, Action of Plant Growth Regulators III, Adsorption of Aromatic Acids to Oat Monolayers, Plant Physiology, 35(6):773-782, Nov. 1960.
R. Nakashima et al., Effect of α-Substituted Carboxilyc Acids and Their Ethyl Esters on the Growth of Lettuces seedings, Japan Society of Agricultural Chemistry, 65(12):1777-1780, 1991.
Ram, Bhagat et al, Database CA [Online] Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio, US; Potential hypolipidemic agents part VI: synthesis and biological activity of some new 4-chloro/methyl-2-yrazolylphenoxy alkanoates, XP002782149, retrieved from STN Database accession No. 1992:255529.
Richard Rips. Document No. 103:87769, retrieved from STN; entered in STN on Sep. 22, 1985. *
Riisager A, Duehmke R, Nielsen OB, Huang CL, Pedersen TH. Determination of cable parameters in skeletal muscle fibres during repetitive firing of action potentials. J Physiol. Oct. 15, 2014; 592(Pt 20):4417-29.
Roberts Ml, Willison HJ, Vincent A, Newsom-Davis J. Multifocal motor neuropathy human sera block distal motor nerve conduction in mice. Ann Neurol. Jul. 1995; 38(1):111-8.
S. Mamedov et al., Synthesis of Complex Ethers of 3-Chlorethyl Ether α-(2,4-Dichlorophenoxy) Butyric Acid, Chemical Magazine of Azerbaijan, 4:79-82, 1977.
S. N. Lutokhin, Parthenocarpy in Cucurbita Maxima L. Induced by Phytohormones With Glycerin, Reports of the Academy of Sciences of USSR, LVIII(7):1-3, 1947.
Sandham, D.A. et al., Bioorganic & Medicinal Letters, 17, 4347-4350.
Skov M, De Paoli FV, Lausten J, Nielsen OB, Pedersen TH. Extracellular magnesium and calcium reduce myotonia in isolated ClC-1 chloride channel-inhibited human muscle. Muscle Nerve. Jan. 2015.;51(1):65-71.
Srivastava A, Hunter JM. Reversal of neuromuscular block. Br J Anaesth. 2009. 103(1):115-29.
Stevic, Z.a, Peric, S.a , Pavlovic, S.b, Basta, I.a, Lavrnic, D.a. Myasthenic symptoms in a patient with Kennedy's disorder Acta Neurologica Belgica (Letter) vol. 114, Issue 1, Mar. 2014, pp. 71-73.
Titulaer MJ, Lang B, Verschuuren JJ. Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome: from clinical characteristics to therapeutic strategies. Lancet Neurol. Dec. 2011;10(12):1098-107.
Trojan DA1, Gendron D, Cashman NR. Electrophysiology and electrodiagnosis of the post-polio motor unit. Orthopedics. Dec. 1991;14(12):1353-61.
Ukrorgsyntez Ltd., Chemical Catalog, 1855714-49-6 Registry.
Ukrorgsyntez Ltd., Chemical Catalog, 1874151-65-1 Registry.
V. D. Cihimil, Determination of Chlorophenoxylkankarbronic Acids and Chlorphenols in Water by the Method of Gas-Liquidchromatography in the Form of 2,2,2-Trichlorethyl and Ether and Pentaftorbenzyl Etherand Pentaf Etherether Journal of Analytical Chemistry, XXXI(4):711-714, 1984.
V. Koula et al., Analysis of the analogues of 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid and related substances, Annals of the Czechoslovak Academy of Agricultural Sciences, XXVII(A-4):289-294, 1954.
V. V. Dovlattan et al., 5-aryloxypyrimidines, Academy of the Agricultural Sciences of Armenia, 56(1-2):102-108, 2003.
V. V. Feofilaktov et al., Synthesis of α-(2,4-Dichloro-Phenoxy)-n.-Butyric Acid, Magazine General Chemistry, XVII(2):253-256, 1947.
V.P. Mamaev et al., Synthese of -aryloxy- -alanines, SSSR, News Bulletin of the Siberian Department of the USSR Academy of Science, 11:145-148, 1962.
W. C. Shaw et al., The Selective Herbicidal Properties of Several Variously Substituted Phenoxyalkylcarboxylic Acids, Journal of the Weed Society of America, V(2):75-92, Apr. 1957.
Wadman RI1, Vrancken AF, van den Berg LH, van der Pol WL. Dysfunction of the neuromuscular junction in spinal muscular atrophy types 2 and 3. Neurology. Nov. 13, 2012;79(20):2050-5.
Wittbrodt, Drugs and myasthenia gravis. An update. Arch. Intern. Med., 157, 399-408, 1997.
Wood SJ, Slater CR. Safety factor at the neuromuscular junction. Prog Neurobiol. Jul. 2001.; 64(4):393-429.
Yamada, M.ab, Inaba, A.a, Shiojiri, T.a. X-linked spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy with myasthenic symptoms (Article) Journal of the Neurological Sciences. vol. 146, Issue 2, Mar. 10, 1997, pp. 183-185.

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220298124A1 (en) * 2019-06-19 2022-09-22 Nmd Pharma A/S Process for the preparation of clc-1 chloride channel inhibitors
US20220306564A1 (en) * 2019-06-19 2022-09-29 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US20220388938A1 (en) * 2019-06-19 2022-12-08 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US12168643B2 (en) * 2019-06-19 2024-12-17 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US12221425B2 (en) * 2019-06-19 2025-02-11 Nmd Pharma A/S Process for the preparation of CIC-1 chloride channel inhibitors
US12415771B2 (en) * 2019-06-19 2025-09-16 Nmd Pharma A/S Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
WO2024068862A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Nmd Pharma A/S Compositions and methods for treating myasthenia gravis
WO2024180201A1 (en) 2023-03-02 2024-09-06 Nmd Pharma A/S Compositions and methods for treating spinal muscular atrophy
WO2024180199A1 (en) 2023-03-02 2024-09-06 Nmd Pharma A/S Compositions and methods for treating charcot–marie–tooth disease

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20190185437A1 (en) 2019-06-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10385028B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
CA2986611C (en) Compounds for use in treating neuromuscular disorders
US20260007639A1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
EP3724173B1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US20140200215A1 (en) Lysophosphatidic acid receptor antagonists
JP7287607B6 (en) Phenoxy acids for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US20110269744A1 (en) Benzazepine Compound
US11730714B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US12415771B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US11147788B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US11591284B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
CA3085233C (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
US20190183812A1 (en) Compounds For The Treatment Of Neuromuscular Disorders
HK40029101B (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
HK40029101A (en) Compounds for the treatment of neuromuscular disorders
HK1252978B (en) Compounds for use in treating neuromuscular disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO SMALL (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: SMAL); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

AS Assignment

Owner name: NMD PHARMA A/S, DENMARK

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KNUTSEN, LARS J.S.;COOPER, MARTIN E.;BROWN, ANDREW W.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:048469/0081

Effective date: 20190125

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT RECEIVED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YR, SMALL ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M2551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4